SemaDecl.cpp revision 243830
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 16#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 17#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 18#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 20#include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 21#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 23#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 24#include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 25#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 27#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 28#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 29#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 30#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 31#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 32#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 33#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 34#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 35#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 36#include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 37#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 38#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 39// FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's) 40#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 41#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" 42#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 44#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 45#include <algorithm> 46#include <cstring> 47#include <functional> 48using namespace clang; 49using namespace sema; 50 51Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 52 if (OwnedType) { 53 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 54 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 55 } 56 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 58} 59 60namespace { 61 62class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 63 public: 64 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false) 65 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass) { 66 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 67 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 68 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 69 } 70 71 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 72 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) 73 return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) && 74 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 75 else 76 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 77 } 78 79 private: 80 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 81 bool WantClassName; 82}; 83 84} 85 86/// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 87bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 88 switch (Kind) { 89 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 90 // token kind is a valid type specifier 91 case tok::kw_short: 92 case tok::kw_long: 93 case tok::kw___int64: 94 case tok::kw___int128: 95 case tok::kw_signed: 96 case tok::kw_unsigned: 97 case tok::kw_void: 98 case tok::kw_char: 99 case tok::kw_int: 100 case tok::kw_half: 101 case tok::kw_float: 102 case tok::kw_double: 103 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 104 case tok::kw_bool: 105 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 106 return true; 107 108 case tok::annot_typename: 109 case tok::kw_char16_t: 110 case tok::kw_char32_t: 111 case tok::kw_typeof: 112 case tok::kw_decltype: 113 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 114 115 default: 116 break; 117 } 118 119 return false; 120} 121 122/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 123/// return the declaration of that type. 124/// 125/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 126/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 127/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 128/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 129/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 130/// 131/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 132/// and then return NULL. 133ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 134 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 135 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 136 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 137 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 138 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 139 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 140 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 141 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 142 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 143 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 144 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 145 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 146 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 147 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 148 149 if (!LookupCtx) { 150 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 151 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 152 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 153 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 154 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 155 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 156 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 157 // 158 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 159 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 160 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 161 return ParsedType(); 162 163 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 164 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 165 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 166 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 167 168 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 169 QualType T = 170 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 171 II, NameLoc); 172 173 return ParsedType::make(T); 174 } 175 176 return ParsedType(); 177 } 178 179 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 180 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 181 return ParsedType(); 182 } 183 184 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 185 // lookup for class-names. 186 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 187 LookupOrdinaryName; 188 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 189 if (LookupCtx) { 190 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 191 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 192 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 193 // nested-name-specifier. 194 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 195 196 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 197 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 198 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 199 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 200 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 201 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 202 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 203 LookupName(Result, S); 204 } 205 } else { 206 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 207 LookupName(Result, S); 208 } 209 210 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 211 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 212 case LookupResult::NotFound: 213 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 214 if (CorrectedII) { 215 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName); 216 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 217 Kind, S, SS, Validator); 218 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 219 TemplateTy Template; 220 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 221 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 222 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 223 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 224 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 225 if (SS && NNS) { 226 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 227 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 228 } 229 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 230 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 231 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 232 // is handled elsewhere). 233 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 234 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 235 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 236 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 237 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 238 IsCtorOrDtorName, 239 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 240 if (Ty) { 241 std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 242 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr( 243 Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 244 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 245 << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr << isClassName 246 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), 247 CorrectedStr); 248 if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl()) 249 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 250 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 251 252 if (SS && NNS) 253 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 254 *CorrectedII = NewII; 255 return Ty; 256 } 257 } 258 } 259 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 260 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 261 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 262 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 263 return ParsedType(); 264 265 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 266 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 267 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 268 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 269 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 270 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 271 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 272 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 273 return ParsedType(); 274 } 275 276 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 277 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 278 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 279 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 280 if (!IIDecl || 281 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 282 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 283 IIDecl = *Res; 284 } 285 } 286 287 if (!IIDecl) { 288 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 289 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 290 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 291 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 292 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 293 // a type name. 294 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 295 return ParsedType(); 296 } 297 298 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 299 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 300 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 301 // perform the name lookup again. 302 break; 303 304 case LookupResult::Found: 305 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 306 break; 307 } 308 309 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 310 311 QualType T; 312 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 313 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 314 315 if (T.isNull()) 316 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 317 318 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 319 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 320 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 321 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 322 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 323 // Construct a type with type-source information. 324 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 325 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 326 327 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 328 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 329 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 330 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 331 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 332 } else { 333 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 334 } 335 } 336 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 337 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 338 if (!HasTrailingDot) 339 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 340 } 341 342 if (T.isNull()) { 343 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 344 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 345 return ParsedType(); 346 } 347 return ParsedType::make(T); 348} 349 350/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 351/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 352/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 353/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 354/// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 355DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 356 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 357 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 358 LookupName(R, S, false); 359 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 360 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 361 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 362 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 363 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 364 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 365 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 366 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 367 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 368 } 369 } 370 371 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 372} 373 374/// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 375/// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 376/// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 377/// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 378/// @code 379/// template<class T> class A { 380/// public: 381/// typedef int TYPE; 382/// }; 383/// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 384/// public: 385/// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 386/// }; 387/// @endcode 388bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 389 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 390 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 391 392 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 393 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 394 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 395 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 396 return true; 397 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 398 } 399 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 400} 401 402bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 403 SourceLocation IILoc, 404 Scope *S, 405 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 406 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 407 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 408 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 409 410 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 411 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 412 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false); 413 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), 414 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 415 Validator)) { 416 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 417 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 418 419 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 420 // We corrected to a keyword. 421 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 422 if (!isSimpleTypeSpecifier(NewII->getTokenID())) 423 CorrectedQuotedStr = "the keyword " + CorrectedQuotedStr; 424 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 425 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 426 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 427 II = NewII; 428 } else { 429 NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 430 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 431 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 432 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 433 << II << CorrectedQuotedStr 434 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr); 435 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 436 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 437 << II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange() 438 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 439 CorrectedStr); 440 else 441 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 442 443 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 444 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 445 446 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 447 false, false, ParsedType(), 448 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 449 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 450 } 451 return true; 452 } 453 454 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 455 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 456 UnqualifiedId Name; 457 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 458 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 459 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 460 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 461 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 462 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 463 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 464 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 465 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 466 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 467 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 468 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 469 } 470 return true; 471 } 472 } 473 474 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 475 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 476 477 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 478 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 479 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 480 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 481 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 482 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 483 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 484 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 485 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 486 487 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 488 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 489 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 490 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 491 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 492 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 493 } else { 494 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 495 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 496 } 497 498 return true; 499} 500 501/// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 502/// or 503static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 504 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 505 NextToken.is(tok::less); 506 507 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 508 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 509 return true; 510 511 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 512 return true; 513 } 514 515 return false; 516} 517 518static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 519 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 520 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 521 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 522 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 523 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 524 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 525 const char *TagName = 0; 526 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 527 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 528 case TTK_Class: 529 TagName = "class"; 530 FixItTagName = "class "; 531 break; 532 533 case TTK_Enum: 534 TagName = "enum"; 535 FixItTagName = "enum "; 536 break; 537 538 case TTK_Struct: 539 TagName = "struct"; 540 FixItTagName = "struct "; 541 break; 542 543 case TTK_Interface: 544 TagName = "__interface"; 545 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 546 break; 547 548 case TTK_Union: 549 TagName = "union"; 550 FixItTagName = "union "; 551 break; 552 } 553 554 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 555 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 556 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 557 558 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 559 I != IEnd; ++I) 560 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 561 << Name << TagName; 562 563 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 564 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 565 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 566 return true; 567 } 568 569 return false; 570} 571 572/// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 573static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 574 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 575 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 576 577 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 578 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 579 580 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 581 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 582 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 583 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 584 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 585} 586 587Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 588 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 589 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 590 SourceLocation NameLoc, 591 const Token &NextToken, 592 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 593 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) { 594 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 595 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 596 597 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 598 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 599 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 600 601 } 602 603 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 604 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 605 606 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 607 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 608 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 609 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 610 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 611 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 612 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 613 return E; 614 } 615 616 bool SecondTry = false; 617 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 618 619Corrected: 620 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 621 case LookupResult::NotFound: 622 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 623 // call. 624 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 625 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 626 // FIXME: Reference? 627 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 628 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 629 630 // C90 6.3.2.2: 631 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 632 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 633 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 634 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 635 // the function call, the declaration 636 // 637 // extern int identifier (); 638 // 639 // appeared. 640 // 641 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 642 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 643 Result.addDecl(D); 644 Result.resolveKind(); 645 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 646 } 647 } 648 649 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 650 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 651 // "struct", or "union". 652 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 653 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 654 break; 655 } 656 657 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 658 // close to this name. 659 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 660 SecondTry = true; 661 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 662 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 663 &SS, *CCC)) { 664 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 665 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 666 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 667 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts())); 668 669 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 670 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 671 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0; 672 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 673 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 674 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 675 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 676 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 677 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 678 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 679 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 680 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 681 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 682 } 683 684 if (SS.isEmpty()) 685 Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag) 686 << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr 687 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr); 688 else // FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 689 Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag) 690 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr 691 << SS.getRange() 692 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(), 693 CorrectedStr); 694 695 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 696 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 697 698 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 699 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 700 return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 701 702 // Also update the LookupResult... 703 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 704 Result.clear(); 705 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 706 if (FirstDecl) { 707 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 708 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 709 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 710 } 711 712 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 713 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 714 // reference the ivar. 715 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 716 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 717 Result.clear(); 718 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 719 return E; 720 } 721 722 goto Corrected; 723 } 724 } 725 726 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 727 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 728 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 729 730 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 731 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 732 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 733 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 734 735 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 736 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 737 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 738 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 739 // qualified by the keyword typename. 740 // 741 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 742 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 743 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 744 // keyword here. 745 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 746 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 747 /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 748 } 749 750 case LookupResult::Found: 751 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 752 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 753 break; 754 755 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 756 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 757 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 758 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 759 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 760 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 761 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 762 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 763 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 764 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 765 // ambiguous. 766 // 767 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 768 // so try again after filtering out template names. 769 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 770 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 771 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 772 break; 773 } 774 } 775 776 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 777 return NameClassification::Error(); 778 } 779 780 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 781 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 782 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 783 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 784 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 785 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 786 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 787 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 788 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 789 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 790 791 if (!Result.empty()) { 792 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 793 TemplateName Template; 794 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 795 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 796 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 797 Result.end()); 798 } else { 799 TemplateDecl *TD 800 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 801 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 802 803 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 804 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 805 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 806 TD); 807 else 808 Template = TemplateName(TD); 809 } 810 811 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 812 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 813 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 814 // to based on which function we selected. 815 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 816 817 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 818 } 819 820 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 821 } 822 } 823 824 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 825 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 826 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 827 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 828 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 829 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 830 return ParsedType::make(T); 831 } 832 833 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 834 if (!Class) { 835 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 836 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 837 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 838 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 839 } 840 841 if (Class) { 842 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 843 844 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 845 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 846 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 847 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 848 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 849 } 850 851 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 852 return ParsedType::make(T); 853 } 854 855 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 856 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 857 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 858 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 859 860 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 861 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 862 if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 863 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); 864 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 865 (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 866 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 867 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 868 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 869 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 870 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 871 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 872 return ParsedType::make(T); 873 } 874 } 875 876 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 877 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0); 878 879 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 880 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 881} 882 883// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 884// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 885// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 886DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 887 888 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 889 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 890 // the context we'll need to return to. 891 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 892 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 893 894 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 895 // lexical context. 896 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 897 return DC; 898 899 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 900 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 901 // class is the context we need to return to. 902 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 903 DC = RD; 904 905 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 906 // declared in. 907 return DC; 908 } 909 910 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 911} 912 913void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 914 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 915 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 916 CurContext = DC; 917 S->setEntity(DC); 918} 919 920void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 921 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 922 923 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 924 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 925} 926 927/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 928/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 929/// 930void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 931 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 932 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 933 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 934 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 935 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 936 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 937 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 938 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 939 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 940 // namespace. 941 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 942 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 943 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 944 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 945 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 946 947 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 948 949#ifndef NDEBUG 950 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 951 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 952 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 953#endif 954 955 CurContext = DC; 956 S->setEntity(DC); 957} 958 959void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 960 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 961 962 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 963 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 964 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 965 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 966 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 967 968 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 969 // disappear. 970} 971 972 973void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 974 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 975 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 976 // We assume that the caller has already called 977 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope 978 FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl(); 979 } 980 if (!FD) 981 return; 982 983 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 984 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 985 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 986 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 987 CurContext = FD; 988 S->setEntity(CurContext); 989 990 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 991 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 992 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 993 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 994 S->AddDecl(Param); 995 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 996 } 997 } 998} 999 1000 1001void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1002 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1003 // rather than the top-level class. 1004 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1005 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1006 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1007} 1008 1009 1010/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1011/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1012/// 1013/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1014/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1015/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1016/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1017/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1018/// attribute. 1019static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1020 ASTContext &Context) { 1021 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1022 return true; 1023 1024 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1025 return true; 1026 1027 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1028 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1029} 1030 1031/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1032void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1033 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1034 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1035 // scope. 1036 while (S->getEntity() && 1037 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 1038 S = S->getParent(); 1039 1040 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1041 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1042 // into any context. 1043 if (AddToContext) 1044 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1045 1046 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 1047 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 1048 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 1049 D->isOutOfLine() && 1050 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1051 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 1052 return; 1053 1054 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1055 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1056 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1057 return; 1058 1059 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1060 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1061 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1062 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1063 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1064 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1065 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1066 1067 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1068 break; 1069 } 1070 } 1071 1072 S->AddDecl(D); 1073 1074 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1075 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1076 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1077 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1078 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1079 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1080 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1081 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1082 continue; 1083 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1084 break; 1085 } 1086 1087 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1088 } else { 1089 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1090 } 1091} 1092 1093void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1094 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1095 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1096} 1097 1098bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1099 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1100 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S, 1101 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 1102} 1103 1104Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1105 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1106 do { 1107 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 1108 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1109 return S; 1110 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1111 1112 return 0; 1113} 1114 1115static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1116 DeclContext*, 1117 ASTContext&); 1118 1119/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1120/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1121void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, 1122 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1123 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1124 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 1125 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1126 while (F.hasNext()) { 1127 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1128 1129 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 1130 continue; 1131 1132 if (ConsiderLinkage && 1133 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1134 continue; 1135 1136 F.erase(); 1137 } 1138 1139 F.done(); 1140} 1141 1142static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1143 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1144 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1145 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1146} 1147 1148/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1149static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1150 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1151 while (F.hasNext()) 1152 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1153 F.erase(); 1154 1155 F.done(); 1156} 1157 1158/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1159/// @code 1160/// class S { 1161/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1162/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1163/// }; 1164/// @endcode 1165static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1166 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1167 // the decl here. 1168 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1169 return false; 1170 1171 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1172 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1173 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1174 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1175 return false; 1176} 1177 1178bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1179 assert(D); 1180 1181 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1182 return false; 1183 1184 // Ignore class templates. 1185 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1186 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1187 return false; 1188 1189 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1190 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1191 return false; 1192 1193 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1194 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1195 return false; 1196 } else { 1197 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 1198 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1199 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 1200 return false; 1201 } 1202 1203 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1204 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1205 return false; 1206 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1207 // Don't warn on variables of const-qualified or reference type, since their 1208 // values can be used even if though they're not odr-used, and because const 1209 // qualified variables can appear in headers in contexts where they're not 1210 // intended to be used. 1211 // FIXME: Use more principled rules for these exemptions. 1212 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 1213 VD->getType().isConstQualified() || 1214 VD->getType()->isReferenceType() || 1215 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1216 return false; 1217 1218 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1219 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1220 return false; 1221 1222 } else { 1223 return false; 1224 } 1225 1226 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1227 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 1228 return false; 1229 1230 return true; 1231} 1232 1233void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1234 if (!D) 1235 return; 1236 1237 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1238 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1239 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1240 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1241 } 1242 1243 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1244 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 1245 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1246 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1247 } 1248 1249 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1250 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1251} 1252 1253static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1254 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1255 return false; 1256 1257 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1258 return false; 1259 1260 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1261 return true; 1262 1263 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1264 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1265 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1266 return false; 1267 1268 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1269 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1270 1271 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1272 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1273 1274 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1275 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1276 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1277 return false; 1278 } 1279 1280 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1281 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1282 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1283 return false; 1284 1285 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1286 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1287 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1288 return false; 1289 1290 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1291 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 1292 return false; 1293 1294 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1295 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1296 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1297 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1298 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1299 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1300 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1301 if (!CD->isTrivial()) 1302 return false; 1303 } 1304 } 1305 } 1306 } 1307 1308 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1309 } 1310 1311 return true; 1312} 1313 1314static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1315 FixItHint &Hint) { 1316 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1317 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1318 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1319 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1320 return; 1321 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1322 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1323 } 1324 return; 1325} 1326 1327/// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1328/// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1329void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1330 FixItHint Hint; 1331 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1332 return; 1333 1334 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1335 1336 unsigned DiagID; 1337 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1338 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1339 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1340 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1341 else 1342 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1343 1344 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1345} 1346 1347static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1348 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1349 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1350 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1351 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1352 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1353} 1354 1355void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1356 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1357 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1358 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1359 1360 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1361 I != E; ++I) { 1362 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1363 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1364 1365 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1366 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1367 1368 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1369 1370 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1371 if (!S->hasErrorOccurred()) 1372 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1373 1374 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1375 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1376 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1377 1378 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1379 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1380 } 1381} 1382 1383void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() { 1384 ++InFunctionDeclarator; 1385} 1386 1387void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() { 1388 assert(InFunctionDeclarator); 1389 --InFunctionDeclarator; 1390} 1391 1392/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1393/// 1394/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1395/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1396/// to the fixed name. 1397/// 1398/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1399/// 1400/// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1401/// if there is no class with the given name. 1402/// 1403/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1404/// class could not be found. 1405ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1406 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1407 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1408 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1409 // creation from this context. 1410 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1411 1412 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1413 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1414 // find an Objective-C class name. 1415 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator; 1416 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), 1417 LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL, 1418 Validator)) { 1419 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1420 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 1421 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 1422 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 1423 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1424 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 1425 1426 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1427 } 1428 } 1429 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1430 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1431 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1432 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1433 return Def; 1434} 1435 1436/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1437/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1438/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1439/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1440/// ill-formed in C++: 1441/// @code 1442/// struct S6 { 1443/// enum { BAR } e; 1444/// }; 1445/// 1446/// void test_S6() { 1447/// struct S6 a; 1448/// a.e = BAR; 1449/// } 1450/// @endcode 1451/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1452/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1453/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1454/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1455/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1456/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1457/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1458/// contain non-field names. 1459Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1460 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1461 (S->getEntity() && 1462 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 1463 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1464 S = S->getParent(); 1465 return S; 1466} 1467 1468/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1469/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1470/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1471/// built-in. 1472NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1473 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1474 SourceLocation Loc) { 1475 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1476 1477 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1478 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1479 switch (Error) { 1480 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1481 // Okay 1482 break; 1483 1484 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1485 if (ForRedeclaration) 1486 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1487 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1488 return 0; 1489 1490 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1491 if (ForRedeclaration) 1492 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1493 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1494 return 0; 1495 1496 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1497 if (ForRedeclaration) 1498 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext) 1499 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1500 return 0; 1501 } 1502 1503 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1504 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1505 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1506 << R; 1507 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1508 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1509 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 1510 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1511 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1512 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1513 } 1514 1515 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1516 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1517 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1518 SC_Extern, 1519 SC_None, false, 1520 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1521 New->setImplicit(); 1522 1523 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1524 // FunctionDecl. 1525 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1526 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1527 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) { 1528 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1529 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 1530 SourceLocation(), 0, 1531 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 1532 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 1533 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1534 Params.push_back(parm); 1535 } 1536 New->setParams(Params); 1537 } 1538 1539 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1540 1541 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1542 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1543 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1544 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1545 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1546 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1547 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1548 CurContext = SavedContext; 1549 return New; 1550} 1551 1552bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1553 QualType OldType; 1554 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1555 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1556 else 1557 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1558 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1559 1560 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1561 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1562 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1563 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1564 << Kind << NewType; 1565 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1566 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1567 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1568 return true; 1569 } 1570 1571 if (OldType != NewType && 1572 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1573 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1574 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1575 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1576 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1577 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1578 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1579 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1580 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1581 return true; 1582 } 1583 return false; 1584} 1585 1586/// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1587/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1588/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1589/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1590/// 1591void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1592 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1593 // merging checks. 1594 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1595 1596 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1597 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1598 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1599 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1600 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1601 default: break; 1602 case 2: 1603 { 1604 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1605 break; 1606 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1607 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1608 break; 1609 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1610 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1611 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1612 break; 1613 } 1614 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1615 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1616 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1617 return; 1618 } 1619 case 5: 1620 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1621 break; 1622 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1623 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1624 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1625 return; 1626 case 3: 1627 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1628 break; 1629 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1630 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1631 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1632 return; 1633 } 1634 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1635 } 1636 1637 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1638 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1639 if (!Old) { 1640 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1641 << New->getDeclName(); 1642 1643 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1644 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1645 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1646 1647 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1648 } 1649 1650 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1651 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1652 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1653 1654 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1655 // with any extensions enabled. 1656 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1657 return; 1658 1659 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 1660 // declaration was a typedef. 1661 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1662 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); 1663 1664 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1665 return; 1666 1667 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1668 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1669 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1670 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1671 // to the type to which it already refers. 1672 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1673 return; 1674 1675 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1676 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1677 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1678 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1679 // 1680 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1681 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1682 // 1683 // struct S { 1684 // typedef struct A { } A; 1685 // }; 1686 // 1687 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1688 // allow the above but disallow 1689 // 1690 // struct S { 1691 // typedef int I; 1692 // typedef int I; 1693 // }; 1694 // 1695 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1696 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1697 return; 1698 1699 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1700 << New->getDeclName(); 1701 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1702 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1703 } 1704 1705 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 1706 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 1707 return; 1708 1709 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1710 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1711 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1712 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1713 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1714 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1715 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1716 return; 1717 1718 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1719 << New->getDeclName(); 1720 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1721 return; 1722} 1723 1724/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1725/// attribute. 1726static bool 1727DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1728 // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy 1729 // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is 1730 // responsible for making sure they are consistent. 1731 const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A); 1732 if (AA) 1733 return false; 1734 1735 // The following thread safety attributes can also be duplicated. 1736 switch (A->getKind()) { 1737 case attr::ExclusiveLocksRequired: 1738 case attr::SharedLocksRequired: 1739 case attr::LocksExcluded: 1740 case attr::ExclusiveLockFunction: 1741 case attr::SharedLockFunction: 1742 case attr::UnlockFunction: 1743 case attr::ExclusiveTrylockFunction: 1744 case attr::SharedTrylockFunction: 1745 case attr::GuardedBy: 1746 case attr::PtGuardedBy: 1747 case attr::AcquiredBefore: 1748 case attr::AcquiredAfter: 1749 return false; 1750 default: 1751 ; 1752 } 1753 1754 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1755 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1756 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1757 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1758 if (Ann) { 1759 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation()) 1760 return true; 1761 continue; 1762 } 1763 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1764 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1765 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1766 return true; 1767 } 1768 1769 return false; 1770} 1771 1772bool Sema::mergeDeclAttribute(Decl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr) { 1773 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL; 1774 if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 1775 NewAttr = mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 1776 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 1777 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 1778 AA->getMessage()); 1779 else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 1780 NewAttr = mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility()); 1781 else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 1782 NewAttr = mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange()); 1783 else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 1784 NewAttr = mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange()); 1785 else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 1786 NewAttr = mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 1787 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg()); 1788 else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 1789 NewAttr = mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName()); 1790 else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 1791 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(Context)); 1792 1793 if (NewAttr) { 1794 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 1795 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 1796 return true; 1797 } 1798 1799 return false; 1800} 1801 1802static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 1803 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 1804 return TD->getDefinition(); 1805 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 1806 return VD->getDefinition(); 1807 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1808 const FunctionDecl* Def; 1809 if (FD->hasBody(Def)) 1810 return Def; 1811 } 1812 return NULL; 1813} 1814 1815static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 1816 for (Decl::attr_iterator I = D->attr_begin(), E = D->attr_end(); 1817 I != E; ++I) { 1818 Attr *Attribute = *I; 1819 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 1820 return true; 1821 } 1822 return false; 1823} 1824 1825/// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 1826/// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 1827static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 1828 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 1829 return; 1830 1831 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 1832 if (!Def || Def == New) 1833 return; 1834 1835 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 1836 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 1837 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 1838 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 1839 ++I; 1840 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 1841 } 1842 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 1843 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 1844 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1845 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 1846 --E; 1847 } 1848} 1849 1850/// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1851void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, 1852 bool MergeDeprecation) { 1853 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 1854 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 1855 1856 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 1857 return; 1858 1859 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 1860 1861 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1862 // we process them. 1863 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1864 1865 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 1866 i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 1867 e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); 1868 i != e; ++i) { 1869 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 1870 if (!MergeDeprecation && 1871 (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) || 1872 isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) || 1873 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i))) 1874 continue; 1875 1876 if (mergeDeclAttribute(New, *i)) 1877 foundAny = true; 1878 } 1879 1880 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 1881} 1882 1883/// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 1884/// to the new one. 1885static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 1886 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 1887 ASTContext &C) { 1888 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1889 return; 1890 1891 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1892 1893 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 1894 // done before we process them. 1895 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1896 1897 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 1898 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 1899 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1900 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1901 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1902 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1903 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1904 foundAny = true; 1905 } 1906 } 1907 1908 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1909} 1910 1911namespace { 1912 1913/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 1914/// C. 1915struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 1916 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 1917 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 1918 QualType PromotedType; 1919}; 1920 1921} 1922 1923/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 1924Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 1925 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 1926 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 1927 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 1928 1929 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 1930 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 1931 1932 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 1933 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 1934 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 1935 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 1936 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 1937 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 1938 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 1939 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 1940 } 1941 1942 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 1943} 1944 1945/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 1946/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 1947/// GNU89 mode. 1948static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 1949 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 1950 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 1951 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 1952 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1953 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 1954} 1955 1956/// Is the given calling convention the ABI default for the given 1957/// declaration? 1958static bool isABIDefaultCC(Sema &S, CallingConv CC, FunctionDecl *D) { 1959 CallingConv ABIDefaultCC; 1960 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D) && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isInstance()) { 1961 ABIDefaultCC = S.Context.getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(D->isVariadic()); 1962 } else { 1963 // Free C function or a static method. 1964 ABIDefaultCC = (S.Context.getLangOpts().MRTD ? CC_X86StdCall : CC_C); 1965 } 1966 return ABIDefaultCC == CC; 1967} 1968 1969/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 1970/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 1971/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 1972/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1973/// 1974/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 1975/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 1976/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 1977/// merged with. 1978/// 1979/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 1980bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S) { 1981 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 1982 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 1983 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 1984 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 1985 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 1986 else 1987 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 1988 if (!Old) { 1989 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 1990 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 1991 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 1992 diag::note_using_decl_target); 1993 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 1994 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 1995 return true; 1996 } 1997 1998 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1999 << New->getDeclName(); 2000 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2001 return true; 2002 } 2003 2004 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 2005 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 2006 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2007 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2008 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2009 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 2010 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2011 else 2012 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2013 2014 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2015 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2016 2017 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2018 // is an extern inline function. 2019 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2020 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2021 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2022 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2023 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2024 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 2025 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2026 } else { 2027 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2028 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 2029 return true; 2030 } 2031 } 2032 2033 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 2034 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 2035 // calling convention of the first. 2036 // 2037 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2038 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2039 // 2040 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 2041 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 2042 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 2043 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 2044 // because it is the default calling convention. 2045 // 2046 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2047 // other tests to run. 2048 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2049 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2050 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2051 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2052 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2053 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2054 // Fast path: nothing to do. 2055 2056 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2057 // there but not here. 2058 } else if (NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 2059 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2060 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2061 2062 // Don't complain about mismatches when the default CC is 2063 // effectively the same as the explict one. 2064 } else if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default && 2065 isABIDefaultCC(*this, NewTypeInfo.getCC(), New)) { 2066 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2067 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2068 2069 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 2070 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 2071 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 2072 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2073 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2074 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 2075 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 2076 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 2077 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2078 return true; 2079 } 2080 2081 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2082 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2083 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2084 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2085 } 2086 2087 // Merge regparm attribute. 2088 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2089 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2090 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2091 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2092 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2093 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2094 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2095 return true; 2096 } 2097 2098 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2099 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2100 } 2101 2102 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2103 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2104 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2105 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2106 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2107 return true; 2108 } 2109 2110 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2111 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2112 } 2113 2114 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2115 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 2116 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 2117 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2118 } 2119 2120 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2121 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2122 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2123 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2124 // cannot be overloaded. 2125 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 2126 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 2127 QualType ResQT; 2128 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2129 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2130 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2131 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2132 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2133 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2134 Diag(New->getLocation(), 2135 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 2136 else 2137 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 2138 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2139 return true; 2140 } 2141 else 2142 NewQType = ResQT; 2143 } 2144 2145 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2146 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2147 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2148 // Preserve triviality. 2149 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2150 2151 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2152 // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2153 // We don't want a redeclartion error. 2154 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2155 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2156 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2157 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2158 2159 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2160 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2161 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2162 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2163 // is a static member function declaration. 2164 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2165 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2166 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2167 return true; 2168 } 2169 2170 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2171 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2172 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2173 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2174 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2175 unsigned NewDiag; 2176 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2177 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2178 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2179 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2180 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2181 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2182 else 2183 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2184 2185 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2186 } else { 2187 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2188 << New << New->getType(); 2189 } 2190 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2191 2192 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2193 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2194 // 2195 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2196 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2197 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2198 if (isFriend) { 2199 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2200 } else { 2201 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2202 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2203 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2204 return true; 2205 } 2206 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2207 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2208 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2209 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2210 return true; 2211 } 2212 } 2213 2214 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2215 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2216 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2217 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2218 2219 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2220 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2221 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2222 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2223 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2224 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2225 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2226 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2227 } 2228 2229 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2230 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2231 2232 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2233 } 2234 2235 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2236 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2237 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2238 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2239 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2240 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2241 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 2242 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2243 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2244 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2245 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2246 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2247 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2248 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 2249 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 2250 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 2251 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2252 New->setType(NewQType); 2253 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2254 2255 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 2256 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2257 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 2258 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 2259 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 2260 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 2261 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 2262 SourceLocation(), 2263 SourceLocation(), 0, 2264 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 2265 SC_None, SC_None, 2266 0); 2267 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2268 Param->setImplicit(); 2269 Params.push_back(Param); 2270 } 2271 2272 New->setParams(Params); 2273 } 2274 2275 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2276 } 2277 2278 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2279 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2280 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2281 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2282 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2283 // the prototype. 2284 // 2285 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2286 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2287 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2288 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2289 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2290 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2291 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2292 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2293 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2294 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2295 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2296 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2297 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2298 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2299 2300 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2301 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 2302 NewProto->getResultType()); 2303 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2304 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2305 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2306 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2307 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2308 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2309 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 2310 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2311 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2312 NewParm->getType(), 2313 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2314 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 2315 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 2316 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2317 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2318 } else 2319 LooseCompatible = false; 2320 } 2321 2322 if (LooseCompatible) { 2323 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2324 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2325 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2326 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2327 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2328 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2329 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2330 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2331 } 2332 2333 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 2334 ArgTypes.size(), 2335 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2336 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S); 2337 } 2338 2339 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2340 } 2341 2342 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 2343 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 2344 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 2345 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 2346 // signature. 2347 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2348 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 2349 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 2350 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 2351 // library built-in. 2352 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2353 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2354 << Old << Old->getType(); 2355 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2356 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 2357 return false; 2358 } 2359 2360 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2361 } 2362 2363 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2364 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2365 return true; 2366} 2367 2368/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2369/// known to be compatible. 2370/// 2371/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2372/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 2373/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2374/// redeclaration of Old. 2375/// 2376/// \returns false 2377bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 2378 Scope *S) { 2379 // Merge the attributes 2380 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2381 2382 // Merge the storage class. 2383 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 2384 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 2385 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2386 2387 // Merge "pure" flag. 2388 if (Old->isPure()) 2389 New->setPure(); 2390 2391 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 2392 // declarations. 2393 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 2394 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 2395 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 2396 Context); 2397 2398 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2399 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 2400 2401 return false; 2402} 2403 2404 2405void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 2406 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 2407 2408 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 2409 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, /* mergeDeprecation */true); 2410 2411 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 2412 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 2413 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 2414 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 2415 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 2416 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 2417 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context); 2418 2419 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod, true); 2420} 2421 2422/// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 2423/// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 2424/// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2425/// 2426/// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 2427/// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 2428/// is attached. 2429void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) { 2430 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2431 return; 2432 2433 QualType MergedT; 2434 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2435 AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2436 if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) { 2437 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 2438 return; 2439 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 2440 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 2441 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 2442 } 2443 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 2444 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 2445 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 2446 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 2447 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 2448 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 2449 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 2450 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 2451 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2452 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 2453 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2454 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 2455 MergedT = New->getType(); 2456 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 2457 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 2458 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 2459 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2460 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 2461 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 2462 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 2463 MergedT = Old->getType(); 2464 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 2465 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 2466 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 2467 Old->getType()); 2468 } 2469 } else { 2470 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 2471 } 2472 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 2473 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 2474 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 2475 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2476 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2477 } 2478 New->setType(MergedT); 2479} 2480 2481/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 2482/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 2483/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2484/// 2485/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 2486/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 2487/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 2488/// 2489void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 2490 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 2491 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2492 return; 2493 2494 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 2495 VarDecl *Old = 0; 2496 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 2497 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 2498 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2499 << New->getDeclName(); 2500 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 2501 diag::note_previous_definition); 2502 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2503 } 2504 2505 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2506 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 2507 // 2508 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 2509 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 2510 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 2511 << New->getIdentifier(); 2512 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2513 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2514 } 2515 2516 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2517 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 2518 // declaration 2519 if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 2520 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 2521 !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 2522 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 2523 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2524 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 2525 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 2526 } 2527 2528 // Merge the types. 2529 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old); 2530 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2531 return; 2532 2533 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 2534 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2535 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 2536 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2537 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2538 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2539 } 2540 // C99 6.2.2p4: 2541 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 2542 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 2543 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 2544 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 2545 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 2546 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 2547 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 2548 // identifier has external linkage. 2549 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 2550 /* Okay */; 2551 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2552 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 2553 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2554 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2555 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2556 } 2557 2558 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 2559 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2560 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2561 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2562 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2563 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2564 } 2565 if (Old->hasExternalStorage() && 2566 !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2567 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2568 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2569 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2570 } 2571 2572 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 2573 2574 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 2575 // need to check for mismatches. 2576 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 2577 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 2578 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2579 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 2580 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 2581 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2582 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2583 } 2584 2585 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2586 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2587 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2588 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2589 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2590 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2591 } 2592 2593 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 2594 const VarDecl *Def; 2595 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2596 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 2597 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 2598 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2599 << New->getDeclName(); 2600 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2601 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2602 return; 2603 } 2604 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 2605 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 2606 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 2607 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 2608 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 2609 // specified at the prior declaration. 2610 // FIXME. revisit this code. 2611 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2612 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage && 2613 New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext()) 2614 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2615 2616 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 2617 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 2618 2619 // Inherit access appropriately. 2620 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 2621} 2622 2623/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2624/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 2625Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2626 DeclSpec &DS) { 2627 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 2628} 2629 2630/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2631/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template 2632/// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 2633Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2634 DeclSpec &DS, 2635 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) { 2636 Decl *TagD = 0; 2637 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 2638 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2639 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2640 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 2641 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2642 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2643 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 2644 2645 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 2646 return 0; 2647 2648 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 2649 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 2650 // it's a Type. 2651 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 2652 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 2653 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 2654 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 2655 } 2656 2657 if (Tag) { 2658 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 2659 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 2660 return Tag; 2661 } 2662 2663 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2664 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 2665 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 2666 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2667 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 2668 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 2669 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2670 } 2671 2672 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 2673 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 2674 // and definitions of functions and variables. 2675 if (Tag) 2676 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 2677 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 2678 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 2679 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 2680 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4); 2681 else 2682 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 2683 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 2684 return TagD; 2685 } 2686 2687 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 2688 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 2689 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 2690 if (TagD && !Tag) 2691 return 0; 2692 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 2693 } 2694 2695 // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any 2696 // declarators. 2697 bool emittedWarning = false; 2698 2699 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 2700 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 2701 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2702 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 2703 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 2704 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 2705 2706 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2707 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2708 emittedWarning = true; 2709 } 2710 } 2711 2712 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct. 2713 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2714 CurContext->isRecord() && 2715 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 2716 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 2717 // struct STRUCT; 2718 // and 2719 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 2720 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 2721 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) || 2722 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 2723 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 2724 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 2725 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2726 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 2727 } 2728 } 2729 2730 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2731 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2732 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 2733 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 2734 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) { 2735 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2736 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2737 emittedWarning = true; 2738 } 2739 2740 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 2741 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD; 2742 2743 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 2744 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 2745 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 2746 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2747 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 2748 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 2749 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2750 return Tag; 2751 } 2752 2753 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2754 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2755 emittedWarning = true; 2756 } 2757 2758 // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers; 2759 // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we 2760 // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators. 2761 if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 2762 return TagD; 2763 2764 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 2765 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 2766 // useless. 2767 if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 2768 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 2769 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) 2770 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs); 2771 2772 if (DS.isThreadSpecified()) 2773 Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread"; 2774 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2775 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2776 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const"; 2777 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2778 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile"; 2779 // Restrict is covered above. 2780 } 2781 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 2782 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline"; 2783 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 2784 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual"; 2785 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 2786 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit"; 2787 2788 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 2789 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2790 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 2791 << Tag->getTagKind() 2792 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 2793 2794 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 2795 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 2796 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 2797 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 2798 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 2799 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2800 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2801 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 2802 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2803 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2804 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 2805 while (attrs) { 2806 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 2807 << attrs->getName() 2808 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 2809 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 2810 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 2811 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4); 2812 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 2813 } 2814 } 2815 } 2816 2817 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 2818 2819 return TagD; 2820} 2821 2822/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 2823/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 2824/// 2825/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 2826static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 2827 Scope *S, 2828 DeclContext *Owner, 2829 DeclarationName Name, 2830 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2831 unsigned diagnostic) { 2832 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 2833 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 2834 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 2835 2836 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 2837 return false; 2838 2839 // Pick a representative declaration. 2840 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2841 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 2842 2843 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 2844 return false; 2845 2846 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 2847 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2848 2849 return true; 2850} 2851 2852/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 2853/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 2854/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 2855/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 2856/// struct, e.g., 2857/// 2858/// @code 2859/// union { 2860/// int i; 2861/// float f; 2862/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 2863/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 2864/// @endcode 2865/// 2866/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 2867/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 2868static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 2869 DeclContext *Owner, 2870 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 2871 AccessSpecifier AS, 2872 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 2873 bool MSAnonStruct) { 2874 unsigned diagKind 2875 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 2876 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 2877 2878 bool Invalid = false; 2879 2880 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 2881 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 2882 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 2883 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2884 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 2885 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 2886 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 2887 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 2888 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 2889 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2890 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 2891 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 2892 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 2893 Invalid = true; 2894 } else { 2895 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2896 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 2897 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 2898 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 2899 // anonymous union is declared. 2900 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 2901 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 2902 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 2903 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 2904 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 2905 else 2906 Chaining.push_back(VD); 2907 2908 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 2909 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 2910 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 2911 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 2912 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 2913 2914 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 2915 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 2916 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 2917 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 2918 2919 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2920 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 2921 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 2922 2923 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 2924 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2925 2926 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 2927 } 2928 } 2929 } 2930 2931 return Invalid; 2932} 2933 2934/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2935/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2936/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2937static StorageClass 2938StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2939 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2940 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2941 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2942 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2943 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 2944 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 2945 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2946 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2947 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2948 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2949 } 2950 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2951} 2952 2953/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2954/// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2955/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2956static StorageClass 2957StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2958 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2959 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2960 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2961 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2962 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2963 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2964 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 2965 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2966 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 2967 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2968 } 2969 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2970} 2971 2972/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 2973/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 2974/// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 2975/// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 2976Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2977 AccessSpecifier AS, 2978 RecordDecl *Record) { 2979 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 2980 2981 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 2982 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 2983 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 2984 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2985 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 2986 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 2987 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 2988 2989 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 2990 // structs/unions. 2991 bool Invalid = false; 2992 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2993 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 2994 unsigned DiagID; 2995 if (Record->isUnion()) { 2996 // C++ [class.union]p6: 2997 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 2998 // global namespace shall be declared static. 2999 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 3000 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 3001 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 3002 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 3003 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 3004 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 3005 3006 // Recover by adding 'static'. 3007 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 3008 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3009 } 3010 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3011 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 3012 // anonymous union in a class scope. 3013 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 3014 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3015 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3016 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 3017 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3018 3019 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 3020 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 3021 SourceLocation(), 3022 PrevSpec, DiagID); 3023 } 3024 } 3025 3026 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 3027 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3028 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3029 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3030 << Record->isUnion() << 0 3031 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 3032 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3033 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 3034 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3035 << Record->isUnion() << 1 3036 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 3037 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3038 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3039 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3040 << Record->isUnion() << 2 3041 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 3042 3043 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 3044 } 3045 3046 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3047 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 3048 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 3049 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 3050 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 3051 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 3052 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 3053 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 3054 // C++ [class.union]p3: 3055 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 3056 // members (clause 11). 3057 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 3058 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 3059 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 3060 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 3061 Invalid = true; 3062 } 3063 3064 // C++ [class.union]p1 3065 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 3066 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 3067 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 3068 // array of such objects. 3069 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 3070 Invalid = true; 3071 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 3072 // Any implicit members are fine. 3073 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 3074 // This is a type that showed up in an 3075 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 3076 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 3077 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 3078 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 3079 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 3080 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 3081 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3082 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 3083 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3084 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3085 else { 3086 // This is a nested type declaration. 3087 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3088 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3089 Invalid = true; 3090 } 3091 } 3092 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 3093 // Any access specifier is fine. 3094 } else { 3095 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 3096 // member. Complain about it. 3097 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 3098 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 3099 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 3100 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 3101 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 3102 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 3103 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 3104 3105 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3106 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 3107 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3108 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3109 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3110 else { 3111 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 3112 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3113 Invalid = true; 3114 } 3115 } 3116 } 3117 } 3118 3119 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 3120 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 3121 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 3122 Invalid = true; 3123 } 3124 3125 // Mock up a declarator. 3126 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 3127 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3128 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 3129 3130 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 3131 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 3132 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3133 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 3134 DS.getLocStart(), 3135 Record->getLocation(), 3136 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3137 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3138 TInfo, 3139 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3140 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3141 Anon->setAccess(AS); 3142 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3143 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 3144 } else { 3145 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3146 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3147 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3148 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3149 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3150 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3151 // an error here 3152 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3153 Invalid = true; 3154 SC = SC_None; 3155 } 3156 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3157 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3158 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3159 3160 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 3161 DS.getLocStart(), 3162 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3163 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3164 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3165 3166 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 3167 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 3168 // initializer: 3169 // union { int n = 0; }; 3170 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 3171 } 3172 Anon->setImplicit(); 3173 3174 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 3175 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 3176 // its members. 3177 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 3178 3179 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 3180 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3181 // purposes. 3182 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3183 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3184 3185 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 3186 Chain, false)) 3187 Invalid = true; 3188 3189 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 3190 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 3191 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 3192 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 3193 // builds its lookup table, and once by 3194 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 3195 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 3196 3197 if (Invalid) 3198 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3199 3200 return Anon; 3201} 3202 3203/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 3204/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 3205/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 3206/// Example: 3207/// 3208/// struct A { int a; }; 3209/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 3210/// 3211/// void foo() { 3212/// B var; 3213/// var.a = 3; 3214/// } 3215/// 3216Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3217 RecordDecl *Record) { 3218 3219 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 3220 if (!Record) 3221 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 3222 3223 // Mock up a declarator. 3224 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 3225 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3226 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 3227 3228 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 3229 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 3230 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 3231 DS.getLocStart(), 3232 DS.getLocStart(), 3233 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 3234 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3235 TInfo, 3236 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false, 3237 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3238 Anon->setImplicit(); 3239 3240 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 3241 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 3242 3243 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 3244 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3245 // purposes. 3246 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3247 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3248 3249 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 3250 if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 3251 RecordDef, AS_none, 3252 Chain, true)) 3253 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3254 3255 return Anon; 3256} 3257 3258/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 3259/// given Declarator. 3260DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 3261 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 3262} 3263 3264/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 3265DeclarationNameInfo 3266Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 3267 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 3268 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3269 3270 switch (Name.getKind()) { 3271 3272 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 3273 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 3274 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 3275 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3276 return NameInfo; 3277 3278 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 3279 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 3280 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 3281 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3282 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 3283 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 3284 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 3285 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 3286 return NameInfo; 3287 3288 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 3289 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 3290 Name.Identifier)); 3291 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3292 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 3293 return NameInfo; 3294 3295 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 3296 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3297 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 3298 if (Ty.isNull()) 3299 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3300 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 3301 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3302 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3303 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3304 return NameInfo; 3305 } 3306 3307 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 3308 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3309 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 3310 if (Ty.isNull()) 3311 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3312 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3313 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3314 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3315 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3316 return NameInfo; 3317 } 3318 3319 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 3320 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 3321 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 3322 // to find the actual type being constructed. 3323 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 3324 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 3325 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3326 3327 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 3328 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 3329 3330 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 3331 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 3332 // was qualified. 3333 3334 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 3335 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 3336 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3337 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 3338 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 3339 return NameInfo; 3340 } 3341 3342 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 3343 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 3344 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 3345 if (Ty.isNull()) 3346 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 3347 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 3348 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 3349 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 3350 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 3351 return NameInfo; 3352 } 3353 3354 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 3355 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 3356 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 3357 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 3358 } 3359 3360 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 3361 3362 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 3363} 3364 3365static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 3366 do { 3367 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 3368 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 3369 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 3370 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 3371 else 3372 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 3373 } while (true); 3374} 3375 3376/// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 3377/// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 3378/// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 3379/// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 3380/// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 3381/// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 3382/// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 3383static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 3384 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 3385 FunctionDecl *Definition, 3386 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 3387 Params.clear(); 3388 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 3389 return false; 3390 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 3391 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3392 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 3393 3394 // The parameter types are identical 3395 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 3396 continue; 3397 3398 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 3399 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 3400 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3401 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 3402 3403 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 3404 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 3405 Params.push_back(Idx); 3406 else // The two parameters aren't even close 3407 return false; 3408 } 3409 3410 return true; 3411} 3412 3413/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 3414/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 3415/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 3416/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 3417/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 3418static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 3419 DeclarationName Name) { 3420 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 3421 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 3422 // - types which will become injected class names 3423 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 3424 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 3425 // few cases here. 3426 3427 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 3428 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 3429 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 3430 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 3431 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 3432 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 3433 // Grab the type from the parser. 3434 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 3435 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 3436 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 3437 3438 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 3439 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 3440 // attached already. 3441 if (!TSI) 3442 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 3443 3444 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 3445 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 3446 if (!TSI) return true; 3447 3448 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 3449 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 3450 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 3451 break; 3452 } 3453 3454 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 3455 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 3456 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 3457 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 3458 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 3459 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 3460 break; 3461 } 3462 3463 default: 3464 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 3465 break; 3466 } 3467 3468 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 3469 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 3470 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 3471 3472 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 3473 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 3474 // pointer. 3475 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 3476 continue; 3477 3478 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 3479 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 3480 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 3481 return true; 3482 } 3483 3484 return false; 3485} 3486 3487Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 3488 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 3489 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3490 3491 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 3492 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 3493 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 3494 3495 return Dcl; 3496} 3497 3498/// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 3499/// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 3500/// name different from T: 3501/// - every static data member of class T; 3502/// - every member function of class T 3503/// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 3504/// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 3505bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 3506 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 3507 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3508 3509 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 3510 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 3511 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 3512 return true; 3513 } 3514 3515 return false; 3516} 3517 3518/// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 3519/// nested-name-specifier. 3520/// 3521/// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 3522/// 3523/// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 3524/// resolves. 3525/// 3526/// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 3527/// 3528/// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 3529/// 3530/// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 3531bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 3532 DeclarationName Name, 3533 SourceLocation Loc) { 3534 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 3535 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 3536 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 3537 3538 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3539 // A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition 3540 // of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of 3541 // its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function 3542 // or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the 3543 // definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace, 3544 // or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of 3545 // another class or namespace (11.3). [...] 3546 3547 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 3548 // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared. 3549 // 3550 // class X { 3551 // void X::f(); 3552 // }; 3553 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 3554 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 3555 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 3556 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 3557 SS.clear(); 3558 return false; 3559 } 3560 3561 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 3562 // declaration. 3563 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 3564 if (Cur->isRecord()) 3565 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 3566 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3567 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 3568 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 3569 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3570 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 3571 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 3572 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3573 else 3574 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 3575 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 3576 3577 return true; 3578 } 3579 3580 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 3581 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 3582 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 3583 << Name << SS.getRange(); 3584 SS.clear(); 3585 3586 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 3587 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 3588 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 3589 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 3590 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 3591 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 3592 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 3593 return true; 3594 3595 return false; 3596 } 3597 3598 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 3599 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 3600 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 3601 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 3602 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 3603 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 3604 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 3605 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 3606 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 3607 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 3608 3609 return false; 3610} 3611 3612Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 3613 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 3614 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 3615 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 3616 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3617 3618 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 3619 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 3620 if (!Name) { 3621 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 3622 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 3623 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 3624 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 3625 return 0; 3626 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3627 return 0; 3628 3629 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 3630 // we find one that is. 3631 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 3632 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 3633 S = S->getParent(); 3634 3635 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 3636 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 3637 D.setInvalidType(); 3638 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3639 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3640 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 3641 return 0; 3642 3643 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 3644 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 3645 if (!DC) { 3646 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 3647 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 3648 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 3649 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 3650 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3651 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 3652 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 3653 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3654 return 0; 3655 } 3656 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 3657 3658 if (!IsDependentContext && 3659 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 3660 return 0; 3661 3662 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 3663 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3664 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 3665 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3666 D.setInvalidType(); 3667 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 3668 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 3669 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 3670 if (DC->isRecord()) 3671 return 0; 3672 3673 D.setInvalidType(); 3674 } 3675 } 3676 3677 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 3678 // declaration in the current instantiation. 3679 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 3680 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 3681 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 3682 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 3683 D.setInvalidType(); 3684 } 3685 } 3686 3687 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 3688 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 3689 // Just return early; it's safer. 3690 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3691 return 0; 3692 3693 NamedDecl *New; 3694 3695 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 3696 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 3697 3698 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 3699 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 3700 D.setInvalidType(); 3701 3702 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 3703 ForRedeclaration); 3704 3705 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 3706 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3707 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 3708 3709 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 3710 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 3711 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 3712 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3713 /* Do nothing*/; 3714 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3715 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3716 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3717 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3718 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 3719 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3720 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 3721 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3722 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3723 3724 if (IsLinkageLookup) 3725 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 3726 3727 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 3728 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 3729 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 3730 3731 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3732 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 3733 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 3734 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 3735 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 3736 // thereof; [...] 3737 // 3738 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 3739 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 3740 // we want to match. For example, given: 3741 // 3742 // class X { 3743 // void f(); 3744 // void f(float); 3745 // }; 3746 // 3747 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 3748 // 3749 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 3750 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 3751 // matches. 3752 3753 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 3754 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 3755 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 3756 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 3757 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 3758 } 3759 3760 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3761 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 3762 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 3763 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 3764 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3765 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3766 3767 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 3768 Previous.clear(); 3769 } 3770 3771 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 3772 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 3773 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 3774 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 3775 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 3776 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3777 Previous.clear(); 3778 3779 bool AddToScope = true; 3780 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3781 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 3782 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 3783 return 0; 3784 } 3785 3786 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 3787 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3788 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 3789 TemplateParamLists, 3790 AddToScope); 3791 } else { 3792 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 3793 TemplateParamLists); 3794 } 3795 3796 if (New == 0) 3797 return 0; 3798 3799 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 3800 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 3801 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 3802 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) 3803 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 3804 3805 return New; 3806} 3807 3808/// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 3809/// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 3810/// GCC compatibility). 3811static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 3812 ASTContext &Context, 3813 bool &SizeIsNegative, 3814 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 3815 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 3816 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 3817 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 3818 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 3819 SizeIsNegative = false; 3820 Oversized = 0; 3821 3822 if (T->isDependentType()) 3823 return QualType(); 3824 3825 QualifierCollector Qs; 3826 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 3827 3828 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 3829 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 3830 QualType FixedType = 3831 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3832 Oversized); 3833 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3834 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 3835 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3836 } 3837 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 3838 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 3839 QualType FixedType = 3840 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3841 Oversized); 3842 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3843 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 3844 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3845 } 3846 3847 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 3848 if (!VLATy) 3849 return QualType(); 3850 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 3851 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 3852 return QualType(); 3853 3854 llvm::APSInt Res; 3855 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 3856 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 3857 return QualType(); 3858 3859 // Check whether the array size is negative. 3860 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 3861 SizeIsNegative = true; 3862 return QualType(); 3863 } 3864 3865 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 3866 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 3867 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 3868 Res); 3869 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 3870 Oversized = Res; 3871 return QualType(); 3872 } 3873 3874 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 3875 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 3876} 3877 3878static void 3879FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 3880 if (PointerTypeLoc* SrcPTL = dyn_cast<PointerTypeLoc>(&SrcTL)) { 3881 PointerTypeLoc* DstPTL = cast<PointerTypeLoc>(&DstTL); 3882 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL->getPointeeLoc(), 3883 DstPTL->getPointeeLoc()); 3884 DstPTL->setStarLoc(SrcPTL->getStarLoc()); 3885 return; 3886 } 3887 if (ParenTypeLoc* SrcPTL = dyn_cast<ParenTypeLoc>(&SrcTL)) { 3888 ParenTypeLoc* DstPTL = cast<ParenTypeLoc>(&DstTL); 3889 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL->getInnerLoc(), 3890 DstPTL->getInnerLoc()); 3891 DstPTL->setLParenLoc(SrcPTL->getLParenLoc()); 3892 DstPTL->setRParenLoc(SrcPTL->getRParenLoc()); 3893 return; 3894 } 3895 ArrayTypeLoc* SrcATL = cast<ArrayTypeLoc>(&SrcTL); 3896 ArrayTypeLoc* DstATL = cast<ArrayTypeLoc>(&DstTL); 3897 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL->getElementLoc(); 3898 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL->getElementLoc(); 3899 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 3900 DstATL->setLBracketLoc(SrcATL->getLBracketLoc()); 3901 DstATL->setSizeExpr(SrcATL->getSizeExpr()); 3902 DstATL->setRBracketLoc(SrcATL->getRBracketLoc()); 3903} 3904 3905/// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 3906/// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 3907/// GCC compatibility). 3908static TypeSourceInfo* 3909TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3910 ASTContext &Context, 3911 bool &SizeIsNegative, 3912 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 3913 QualType FixedTy 3914 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 3915 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 3916 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 3917 return 0; 3918 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 3919 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 3920 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 3921 return FixedTInfo; 3922} 3923 3924/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so 3925/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 3926void 3927Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 3928 const LookupResult &Previous, 3929 Scope *S) { 3930 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3931 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 3932 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 3933 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 3934 3935 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 3936 return; 3937 3938 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 3939 3940 // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be 3941 // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 3942 // declaration. 3943 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 3944 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 3945 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 3946 3947 if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 3948 // Special case for redeclarations in the SAME scope. 3949 // Because this declaration is going to be added to the identifier chain 3950 // later, we should temporarily take it OFF the chain. 3951 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ND); 3952 3953 } else { 3954 // Find the scope for the original declaration. 3955 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 3956 S = S->getParent(); 3957 } 3958 3959 if (S) 3960 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 3961 } 3962} 3963 3964llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 3965Sema::findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 3966 if (ExternalSource) { 3967 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 3968 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 3969 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternalDecls(Decls); 3970 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 3971 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 3972 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 3973 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 3974 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 3975 } 3976 } 3977 3978 return LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(Name); 3979} 3980 3981/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 3982/// does not identify a function. 3983void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 3984 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 3985 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 3986 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 3987 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 3988 diag::err_inline_non_function); 3989 3990 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 3991 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3992 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 3993 3994 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 3995 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3996 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 3997} 3998 3999NamedDecl* 4000Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4001 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 4002 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4003 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4004 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 4005 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4006 D.setInvalidType(); 4007 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 4008 DC = CurContext; 4009 Previous.clear(); 4010 } 4011 4012 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4013 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 4014 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4015 } 4016 4017 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 4018 4019 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 4020 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 4021 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4022 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 4023 << 1; 4024 4025 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 4026 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 4027 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 4028 return 0; 4029 } 4030 4031 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 4032 if (!NewTD) return 0; 4033 4034 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4035 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 4036 4037 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 4038 4039 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 4040 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 4041 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 4042 return ND; 4043} 4044 4045void 4046Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4047 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 4048 // then it shall have block scope. 4049 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 4050 // that redeclarations will match. 4051 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4052 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4053 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4054 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4055 4056 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4057 bool SizeIsNegative; 4058 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4059 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4060 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4061 SizeIsNegative, 4062 Oversized); 4063 if (FixedTInfo) { 4064 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4065 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4066 } else { 4067 if (SizeIsNegative) 4068 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 4069 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 4070 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 4071 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 4072 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 4073 << Oversized.toString(10); 4074 else 4075 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4076 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 4077 } 4078 } 4079 } 4080} 4081 4082 4083/// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 4084/// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 4085/// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 4086NamedDecl* 4087Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 4088 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 4089 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 4090 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 4091 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 4092 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 4093 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4094 Redeclaration = true; 4095 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 4096 } 4097 4098 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 4099 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 4100 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 4101 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4102 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 4103 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 4104 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 4105 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4106 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 4107 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4108 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 4109 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 4110 } 4111 4112 return NewTD; 4113} 4114 4115/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 4116/// previous declaration. 4117/// 4118/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 4119/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 4120/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 4121/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 4122/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 4123/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 4124/// 4125/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 4126/// lookup 4127/// 4128/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 4129/// declared. 4130/// 4131/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 4132/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 4133static bool 4134isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 4135 ASTContext &Context) { 4136 if (!PrevDecl) 4137 return false; 4138 4139 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 4140 return false; 4141 4142 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4143 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 4144 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 4145 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 4146 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 4147 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 4148 // linkage of the previous declaration. 4149 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 4150 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4151 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 4152 return false; 4153 4154 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 4155 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 4156 // We found a member function: ignore it. 4157 return false; 4158 4159 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 4160 // previous declarations. 4161 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4162 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4163 4164 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 4165 // isn't the same function. 4166 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 4167 return false; 4168 } 4169 4170 return true; 4171} 4172 4173static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 4174 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 4175 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 4176 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 4177} 4178 4179bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 4180 QualType type = decl->getType(); 4181 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 4182 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 4183 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 4184 unsigned kind = -1U; 4185 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4186 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4187 kind = 0; // __block 4188 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 4189 kind = 1; // global 4190 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 4191 kind = 3; // ivar 4192 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 4193 kind = 2; // field 4194 } 4195 4196 if (kind != -1U) { 4197 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 4198 << kind; 4199 } 4200 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 4201 // Try to infer lifetime. 4202 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4203 return false; 4204 4205 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 4206 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 4207 decl->setType(type); 4208 } 4209 4210 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4211 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 4212 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 4213 var->isThreadSpecified()) { 4214 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 4215 << var->getType(); 4216 return true; 4217 } 4218 } 4219 4220 return false; 4221} 4222 4223NamedDecl* 4224Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 4225 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 4226 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4227 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4228 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 4229 4230 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 4231 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4232 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4233 4234 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 4235 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4236 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4237 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4238 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4239 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4240 // an error here 4241 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4242 D.setInvalidType(); 4243 SC = SC_None; 4244 } 4245 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 4246 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 4247 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4248 4249 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 4250 if (!II) { 4251 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 4252 << Name; 4253 return 0; 4254 } 4255 4256 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 4257 4258 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 4259 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 4260 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 4261 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 4262 4263 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 4264 // is a GNU extension. 4265 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 4266 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 4267 else 4268 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 4269 D.setInvalidType(); 4270 } 4271 } 4272 4273 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 4274 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 4275 // OpenCL __local address space. 4276 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) 4277 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 4278 } 4279 4280 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4281 VarDecl *NewVD; 4282 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4283 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4284 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4285 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 4286 4287 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4288 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4289 } else { 4290 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 4291 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 4292 if (SC == SC_Static) { 4293 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4294 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 4295 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4296 } else if (SC == SC_None) 4297 SC = SC_Static; 4298 } 4299 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 4300 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 4301 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 4302 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4303 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 4304 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 4305 4306 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 4307 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 4308 if (RD->isUnion()) 4309 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4310 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x 4311 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 4312 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 4313 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 4314 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 4315 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4316 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 4317 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 4318 } 4319 } 4320 4321 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 4322 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 4323 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4324 bool Invalid = false; 4325 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 4326 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4327 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4328 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4329 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4330 TemplateParamLists.data(), 4331 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4332 /*never a friend*/ false, 4333 isExplicitSpecialization, 4334 Invalid)) { 4335 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 4336 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 4337 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 4338 << II 4339 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4340 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4341 return 0; 4342 } else { 4343 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 4344 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 4345 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4346 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 4347 << II 4348 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 4349 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 4350 } 4351 } 4352 4353 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 4354 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 4355 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 4356 4357 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 4358 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 4359 if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto && 4360 R->getContainedAutoType()) 4361 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 4362 4363 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 4364 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4365 4366 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 4367 4368 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4369 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4370 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4371 TemplateParamLists.data()); 4372 } 4373 4374 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4375 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 4376 } 4377 4378 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 4379 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 4380 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4381 4382 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 4383 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4384 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 4385 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 4386 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 4387 else 4388 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 4389 } 4390 4391 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 4392 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 4393 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 4394 << 2 4395 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4396 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 4397 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 4398 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 4399 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 4400 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4401 else 4402 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 4403 } 4404 4405 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4406 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 4407 4408 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 4409 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 4410 // storage [duration]." 4411 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 && 4412 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) 4413 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 4414 } 4415 4416 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 4417 // retainable type. 4418 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 4419 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4420 4421 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 4422 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 4423 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 4424 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 4425 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 4426 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 4427 switch (SC) { 4428 case SC_None: 4429 case SC_Auto: 4430 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 4431 break; 4432 case SC_Register: 4433 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 4434 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 4435 break; 4436 case SC_Static: 4437 case SC_Extern: 4438 case SC_PrivateExtern: 4439 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 4440 break; 4441 } 4442 } 4443 4444 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 4445 Context, Label)); 4446 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 4447 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 4448 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 4449 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 4450 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 4451 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 4452 } 4453 } 4454 4455 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 4456 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 4457 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 4458 4459 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 4460 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 4461 // declaration has linkage). 4462 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(), 4463 isExplicitSpecialization); 4464 4465 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4466 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 4467 } else { 4468 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 4469 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4470 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4471 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 4472 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4473 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 4474 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4475 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 4476 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4477 Previous.clear(); 4478 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4479 } 4480 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4481 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 4482 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 4483 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 4484 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4485 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4486 } 4487 4488 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 4489 4490 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 4491 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 4492 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 4493 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4494 } 4495 4496 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 4497 // such variables. 4498 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 4499 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 4500 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 4501 4502 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 4503 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 4504 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 4505 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 4506 4507 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD); 4508 4509 return NewVD; 4510} 4511 4512/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 4513/// -Wshadow. 4514/// 4515/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 4516/// scope. 4517/// 4518/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 4519/// \param R the lookup of the name 4520/// 4521void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 4522 // Return if warning is ignored. 4523 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 4524 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 4525 return; 4526 4527 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 4528 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 4529 return; 4530 4531 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 4532 4533 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 4534 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 4535 return; 4536 4537 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 4538 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4539 return; 4540 4541 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 4542 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4543 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 4544 if (MD->isStatic()) 4545 return; 4546 4547 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4548 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 4549 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 4550 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 4551 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 4552 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 4553 I != E; ++I) 4554 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 4555 ShadowedDecl = *I; 4556 break; 4557 } 4558 } 4559 4560 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 4561 4562 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 4563 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 4564 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 4565 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 4566 return; 4567 4568 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 4569 // static data members from base classes? 4570 4571 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 4572 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 4573 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 4574 } 4575 4576 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 4577 unsigned Kind; 4578 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 4579 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 4580 Kind = 3; // field 4581 else 4582 Kind = 2; // static data member 4583 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 4584 Kind = 1; // global 4585 else 4586 Kind = 0; // local 4587 4588 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 4589 4590 // Emit warning and note. 4591 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 4592 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4593} 4594 4595/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 4596void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 4597 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 4598 DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 4599 return; 4600 4601 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 4602 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4603 LookupName(R, S); 4604 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 4605} 4606 4607/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 4608/// declaration. 4609/// 4610/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 4611/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 4612/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 4613/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 4614/// that have been instantiated from a template. 4615/// 4616/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 4617/// 4618/// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 4619bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 4620 LookupResult &Previous) { 4621 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 4622 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 4623 return false; 4624 4625 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4626 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4627 4628 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 4629 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 4630 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 4631 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 4632 NewVD->setType(T); 4633 } 4634 4635 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 4636 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 4637 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 4638 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 4639 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 4640 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 4641 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4642 return false; 4643 } 4644 4645 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 4646 // scope. 4647 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 4648 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4649 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 4650 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4651 return false; 4652 } 4653 4654 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 4655 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4656 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 4657 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 4658 else { 4659 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 4660 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 4661 } 4662 } 4663 4664 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 4665 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 4666 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4667 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4668 4669 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 4670 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 4671 bool SizeIsNegative; 4672 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4673 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4674 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4675 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 4676 if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 4677 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 4678 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 4679 // int a[10][n]; 4680 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 4681 4682 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 4683 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 4684 << SizeRange; 4685 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 4686 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 4687 << SizeRange; 4688 else 4689 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 4690 << SizeRange; 4691 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4692 return false; 4693 } 4694 4695 if (FixedTInfo == 0) { 4696 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 4697 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4698 else 4699 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 4700 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4701 return false; 4702 } 4703 4704 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4705 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 4706 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4707 } 4708 4709 if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) { 4710 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 4711 // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" 4712 // declaration with the same name. 4713 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4714 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewVD->getDeclName()); 4715 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 4716 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 4717 } 4718 4719 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 4720 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 4721 << T; 4722 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4723 return false; 4724 } 4725 4726 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4727 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 4728 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4729 return false; 4730 } 4731 4732 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4733 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 4734 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4735 return false; 4736 } 4737 4738 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 4739 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 4740 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 4741 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 4742 return false; 4743 } 4744 4745 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4746 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 4747 return true; 4748 } 4749 return false; 4750} 4751 4752/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 4753struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 4754 Sema *S; 4755 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 4756}; 4757 4758/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 4759/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 4760/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 4761static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 4762 CXXBasePath &Path, 4763 void *UserData) { 4764 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 4765 4766 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 4767 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 4768 4769 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 4770 4771 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 4772 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4773 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 4774 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 4775 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 4776 4777 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 4778 } 4779 4780 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 4781 Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second; 4782 ++Path.Decls.first) { 4783 NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first; 4784 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 4785 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 4786 return true; 4787 } 4788 } 4789 4790 return false; 4791} 4792 4793namespace { 4794 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 4795} 4796/// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 4797/// overriden methods. 4798/// 4799/// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 4800/// \param MD the overriding method. 4801/// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 4802static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 4803 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 4804 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 4805 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 4806 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 4807 I != E; ++I) { 4808 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 4809 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 4810 // out the diag loop 3 times. 4811 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 4812 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 4813 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 4814 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 4815 } 4816} 4817 4818/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 4819/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 4820bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 4821 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 4822 CXXBasePaths Paths; 4823 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 4824 Data.Method = MD; 4825 Data.S = this; 4826 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 4827 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 4828 bool AddedAny = false; 4829 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 4830 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 4831 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 4832 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 4833 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 4834 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 4835 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 4836 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 4837 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 4838 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 4839 AddedAny = true; 4840 } 4841 } 4842 } 4843 } 4844 4845 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 4846 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 4847 } 4848 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 4849 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 4850 } 4851 4852 return AddedAny; 4853} 4854 4855namespace { 4856 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 4857 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 4858 struct ActOnFDArgs { 4859 Scope *S; 4860 Declarator &D; 4861 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 4862 bool AddToScope; 4863 }; 4864} 4865 4866namespace { 4867 4868// Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 4869// Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 4870class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 4871 public: 4872 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 4873 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 4874 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 4875 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {} 4876 4877 virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) { 4878 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 4879 return false; 4880 4881 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 4882 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 4883 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 4884 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 4885 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 4886 4887 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 4888 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 4889 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 4890 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 4891 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 4892 return true; 4893 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 4894 return true; 4895 } 4896 } 4897 } 4898 4899 return false; 4900 } 4901 4902 private: 4903 ASTContext &Context; 4904 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 4905 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 4906}; 4907 4908} 4909 4910/// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 4911/// 4912/// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 4913/// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 4914/// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 4915/// the same name. 4916/// 4917/// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 4918/// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 4919static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 4920 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 4921 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) { 4922 NamedDecl *Result = NULL; 4923 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 4924 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 4925 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 4926 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 4927 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 4928 llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 4929 TypoCorrection Correction; 4930 bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4931 ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()); 4932 unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 4933 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match; 4934 4935 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4936 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 4937 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 4938 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 4939 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 4940 DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, 4941 MD ? MD->getParent() : 0); 4942 if (!Prev.empty()) { 4943 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 4944 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 4945 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 4946 if (FD && 4947 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 4948 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 4949 // involve a parameter 4950 unsigned ParamNum = 4951 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 4952 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 4953 } 4954 } 4955 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 4956 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), 4957 Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0, 4958 Validator, NewDC))) { 4959 // Trap errors. 4960 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 4961 4962 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 4963 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 4964 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4965 Previous.clear(); 4966 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 4967 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 4968 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 4969 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 4970 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 4971 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 4972 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 4973 Previous.addDecl(FD); 4974 } 4975 } 4976 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 4977 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 4978 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully 4979 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 4980 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 4981 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 4982 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 4983 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 4984 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 4985 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) { 4986 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 4987 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 4988 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4989 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 4990 Previous.clear(); 4991 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 4992 Result = NULL; 4993 } else { 4994 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(), 4995 FuncEnd = Previous.end(); 4996 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 4997 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func)) 4998 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0)); 4999 } 5000 } 5001 if (NearMatches.empty()) { 5002 // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches 5003 Correction = TypoCorrection(); 5004 } else { 5005 DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 5006 : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest; 5007 } 5008 } 5009 5010 if (Correction) { 5011 // FIXME: use Correction.getCorrectionRange() instead of computing the range 5012 // here. This requires passing in the CXXScopeSpec to CorrectTypo which in 5013 // turn causes the correction to fully qualify the name. If we fix 5014 // CorrectTypo to minimally qualify then this change should be good. 5015 SourceRange FixItLoc(NewFD->getLocation()); 5016 CXXScopeSpec &SS = ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5017 if (Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier() && SS.isValid()) 5018 FixItLoc.setBegin(SS.getBeginLoc()); 5019 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocStart(), DiagMsg) 5020 << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()) 5021 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement( 5022 FixItLoc, Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts())); 5023 } else { 5024 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 5025 << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation(); 5026 } 5027 5028 bool NewFDisConst = false; 5029 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 5030 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 5031 5032 for (llvm::SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl*, unsigned>, 1>::iterator 5033 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 5034 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 5035 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 5036 bool FDisConst = false; 5037 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 5038 FDisConst = MD->isConst(); 5039 5040 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 5041 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 5042 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 5043 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 5044 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_def_close_param_match) 5045 << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType(); 5046 } else if (Correction) { 5047 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 5048 << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts()); 5049 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 5050 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 5051 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 5052 } else 5053 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 5054 } 5055 return Result; 5056} 5057 5058static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, 5059 Declarator &D) { 5060 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 5061 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 5062 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 5063 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 5064 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 5065 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5066 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 5067 D.setInvalidType(); 5068 break; 5069 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 5070 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 5071 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 5072 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 5073 // C99 6.7.1p5: 5074 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 5075 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 5076 // other than extern 5077 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 5078 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5079 diag::err_static_block_func); 5080 break; 5081 } else 5082 return SC_Static; 5083 } 5084 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 5085 } 5086 5087 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 5088 return SC_None; 5089} 5090 5091static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 5092 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 5093 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5094 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC, 5095 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 5096 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5097 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5098 5099 FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0; 5100 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 5101 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 5102 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 5103 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 5104 5105 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5106 // Determine whether the function was written with a 5107 // prototype. This true when: 5108 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 5109 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 5110 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 5111 bool HasPrototype = 5112 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 5113 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 5114 5115 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5116 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 5117 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5118 HasPrototype); 5119 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5120 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5121 5122 // Set the lexical context. 5123 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); 5124 5125 return NewFD; 5126 } 5127 5128 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 5129 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 5130 5131 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 5132 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 5133 // the class has been completely parsed. 5134 if (!DC->isRecord() && 5135 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5136 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 5137 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5138 SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 5139 D.setInvalidType(); 5140 5141 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 5142 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 5143 assert(DC->isRecord() && 5144 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 5145 5146 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5147 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5148 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 5149 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 5150 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 5151 isConstexpr); 5152 5153 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5154 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 5155 if (DC->isRecord()) { 5156 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5157 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 5158 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 5159 SemaRef.Context, Record, 5160 D.getLocStart(), 5161 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 5162 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 5163 5164 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 5165 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 5166 // it yet. 5167 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && !Record->isDependentType() && 5168 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 5169 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 5170 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 5171 } 5172 5173 IsVirtualOkay = true; 5174 return NewDD; 5175 5176 } else { 5177 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 5178 D.setInvalidType(); 5179 5180 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 5181 // code path. 5182 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5183 D.getLocStart(), 5184 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 5185 SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5186 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 5187 } 5188 5189 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 5190 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 5191 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5192 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 5193 return 0; 5194 } 5195 5196 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 5197 IsVirtualOkay = true; 5198 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5199 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 5200 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 5201 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 5202 5203 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 5204 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 5205 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 5206 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 5207 // constructor if it has no return type). 5208 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 5209 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 5210 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 5211 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 5212 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5213 return 0; 5214 } 5215 5216 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 5217 5218 // [class.free]p1: 5219 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 5220 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 5221 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 5222 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 5223 isStatic = true; 5224 5225 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 5226 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 5227 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 5228 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 5229 isStatic = true; 5230 5231 IsVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 5232 5233 // This is a C++ method declaration. 5234 return CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 5235 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 5236 TInfo, isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5237 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 5238 5239 } else { 5240 // Determine whether the function was written with a 5241 // prototype. This true when: 5242 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 5243 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 5244 D.getLocStart(), 5245 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 5246 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 5247 } 5248} 5249 5250void Sema::checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param) { 5251 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 5252 // typedef of void is not permitted. 5253 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5254 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 5255 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 5256 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 5257 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 5258 else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST = 5259 Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) 5260 IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias(); 5261 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 5262 << IsTypeAlias; 5263 } 5264} 5265 5266NamedDecl* 5267Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5268 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5269 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5270 bool &AddToScope) { 5271 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5272 5273 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 5274 5275 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 5276 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5277 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5278 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 5279 5280 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 5281 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 5282 5283 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 5284 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 5285 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5286 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 5287 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType() 5288 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getIdentifierLoc(), "*"); 5289 5290 QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 5291 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5292 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 5293 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 5294 R = Context.getFunctionType(T, FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5295 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI); 5296 } 5297 else if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(R)) 5298 R = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T); 5299 } 5300 5301 bool isFriend = false; 5302 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 5303 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5304 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 5305 5306 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 5307 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5308 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 5309 5310 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 5311 5312 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 5313 isVirtualOkay); 5314 if (!NewFD) return 0; 5315 5316 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 5317 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 5318 5319 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5320 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 5321 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 5322 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 5323 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 5324 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 5325 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 5326 // C++ [class.friend]p5 5327 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 5328 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 5329 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5330 } 5331 5332 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 5333 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 5334 // return true). 5335 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 5336 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 5337 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 5338 NewFD->setPure(true); 5339 } 5340 5341 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 5342 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5343 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 5344 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5345 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5346 5347 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 5348 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 5349 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5350 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5351 5352 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5353 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5354 bool Invalid = false; 5355 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 5356 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5357 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5358 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5359 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5360 TemplateParamLists.data(), 5361 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5362 isFriend, 5363 isExplicitSpecialization, 5364 Invalid)) { 5365 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 5366 // This is a function template 5367 5368 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5369 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5370 return 0; 5371 5372 // A destructor cannot be a template. 5373 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 5374 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 5375 return 0; 5376 } 5377 5378 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 5379 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 5380 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 5381 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 5382 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 5383 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 5384 Invalid = true; 5385 } 5386 5387 5388 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 5389 NewFD->getLocation(), 5390 Name, TemplateParams, 5391 NewFD); 5392 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5393 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 5394 5395 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 5396 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 5397 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5398 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 5399 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5400 } 5401 } else { 5402 // This is a function template specialization. 5403 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5404 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 5405 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5406 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5407 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5408 5409 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 5410 if (isFriend) { 5411 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 5412 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 5413 5414 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 5415 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 5416 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 5417 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 5418 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 5419 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 5420 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5421 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 5422 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 5423 } 5424 5425 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 5426 << Name << RemoveRange 5427 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 5428 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 5429 } 5430 } 5431 } 5432 else { 5433 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 5434 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 5435 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 5436 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 5437 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5438 TemplateParamLists.size(), 5439 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5440 } 5441 5442 if (Invalid) { 5443 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5444 if (FunctionTemplate) 5445 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5446 } 5447 5448 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 5449 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 5450 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 5451 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 5452 // 5453 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5454 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 5455 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5456 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5457 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 5458 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 5459 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5460 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 5461 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 5462 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5463 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 5464 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 5465 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5466 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 5467 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 5468 } else { 5469 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 5470 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 5471 } 5472 } 5473 5474 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 5475 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 5476 // declaration. 5477 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5478 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 5479 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 5480 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 5481 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 5482 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 5483 } 5484 } 5485 5486 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 5487 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 5488 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 5489 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 5490 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5491 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 5492 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 5493 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5494 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 5495 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 5496 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 5497 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 5498 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 5499 // or conversion function. 5500 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5501 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 5502 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 5503 } 5504 } 5505 5506 if (isConstexpr) { 5507 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 5508 // are implicitly inline. 5509 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5510 5511 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 5512 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 5513 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 5514 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 5515 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 5516 } 5517 5518 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 5519 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5520 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5521 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 5522 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 5523 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5524 << 0 5525 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 5526 } else { 5527 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 5528 if (FunctionTemplate) 5529 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5530 } 5531 } 5532 5533 if (isFriend) { 5534 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 5535 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5536 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 5537 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 5538 } 5539 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 5540 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 5541 } 5542 5543 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 5544 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 5545 case FDK_Declaration: 5546 case FDK_Definition: 5547 break; 5548 5549 case FDK_Defaulted: 5550 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 5551 break; 5552 5553 case FDK_Deleted: 5554 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 5555 break; 5556 } 5557 5558 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 5559 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 5560 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 5561 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 5562 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 5563 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 5564 } 5565 5566 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 5567 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5568 // C++ [class.static]p1: 5569 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 5570 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 5571 // the class. 5572 5573 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 5574 // member function definition. 5575 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5576 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5577 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5578 } 5579 5580 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 5581 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 5582 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 5583 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 5584 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 5585 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 5586 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) { 5587 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 5588 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept; 5589 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), 5590 FPT->arg_type_begin(), 5591 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI)); 5592 } 5593 } 5594 5595 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 5596 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 5597 isExplicitSpecialization || 5598 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 5599 5600 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5601 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 5602 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5603 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5604 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 5605 SE->getString())); 5606 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 5607 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 5608 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 5609 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 5610 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 5611 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 5612 } 5613 } 5614 5615 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 5616 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 5617 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 5618 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 5619 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 5620 5621 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 5622 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 5623 // single void argument. 5624 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 5625 // already checks for that case. 5626 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 5627 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 5628 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 5629 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 5630 checkVoidParamDecl(cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)); 5631 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 5632 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 5633 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 5634 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 5635 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 5636 Params.push_back(Param); 5637 5638 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 5639 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5640 } 5641 } 5642 5643 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5644 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 5645 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 5646 // parameters for use in the declaration. 5647 // 5648 // @code 5649 // typedef void fn(int); 5650 // fn f; 5651 // @endcode 5652 5653 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 5654 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 5655 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 5656 ParmVarDecl *Param = 5657 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 5658 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 5659 Params.push_back(Param); 5660 } 5661 } else { 5662 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 5663 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 5664 } 5665 5666 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 5667 NewFD->setParams(Params); 5668 5669 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 5670 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 5671 // 5672 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 5673 // 5674 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 5675 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 5676 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 5677 5678 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 5679 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 5680 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 5681 5682 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 5683 // because all functions have linkage. 5684 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 5685 NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5686 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 5687 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5688 } 5689 5690 // Handle attributes. 5691 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 5692 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 5693 5694 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5695 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 5696 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 5697 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5698 if (NewFD->isMain()) 5699 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 5700 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 5701 isExplicitSpecialization)); 5702 } 5703 // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration. 5704 else if (!Previous.empty()) 5705 D.setRedeclaration(true); 5706 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 5707 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 5708 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 5709 } else { 5710 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 5711 // argument list into our AST format. 5712 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5713 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 5714 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 5715 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 5716 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 5717 TemplateId->NumArgs); 5718 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 5719 TemplateArgs); 5720 5721 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 5722 5723 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5724 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5725 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 5726 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 5727 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 5728 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 5729 5730 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 5731 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 5732 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 5733 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 5734 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 5735 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 5736 // too few of them). 5737 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 5738 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 5739 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 5740 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 5741 "template<> "); 5742 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5743 } else { 5744 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 5745 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 5746 } 5747 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5748 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 5749 // wrote something like: 5750 // template <> friend void foo(int); 5751 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 5752 // friend void foo<>(int); 5753 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 5754 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 5755 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5756 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5757 } 5758 5759 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 5760 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 5761 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 5762 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 5763 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 5764 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 5765 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 5766 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 5767 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 5768 InstantiationDependent))) { 5769 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 5770 "friend function specialization without template args"); 5771 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 5772 Previous)) 5773 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5774 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 5775 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 5776 && !isFriend) { 5777 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 5778 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 5779 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 5780 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 5781 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 5782 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 5783 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 5784 Previous)) 5785 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5786 5787 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 5788 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 5789 // specialization (14.7.3) 5790 if (SC != SC_None) { 5791 if (SC != NewFD->getStorageClass()) 5792 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5793 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 5794 << SC 5795 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5796 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5797 5798 else 5799 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5800 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 5801 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5802 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5803 } 5804 5805 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 5806 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 5807 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 5808 } 5809 5810 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 5811 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 5812 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5813 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 5814 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 5815 if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 5816 methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 5817 } else { 5818 if (NewFD->isMain()) 5819 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 5820 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 5821 isExplicitSpecialization)); 5822 } 5823 } 5824 5825 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 5826 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 5827 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 5828 5829 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 5830 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 5831 : NewFD); 5832 5833 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 5834 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 5835 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 5836 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 5837 5838 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 5839 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 5840 5841 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 5842 } 5843 5844 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 5845 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 5846 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 5847 5848 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 5849 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 5850 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5851 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 5852 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 5853 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 5854 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 5855 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 5856 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 5857 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 5858 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 5859 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 5860 DC && DC->isRecord() && 5861 DC->isDependentContext()) 5862 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 5863 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 5864 } 5865 5866 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5867 // Ignore all the rest of this. 5868 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 5869 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 5870 AddToScope }; 5871 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 5872 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 5873 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 5874 5875 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 5876 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5877 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 5878 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 5879 5880 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 5881 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 5882 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 5883 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 5884 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 5885 // can actually do this check immediately. 5886 if (isFriend && 5887 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 5888 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 5889 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 5890 // ignore these 5891 } else { 5892 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 5893 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 5894 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 5895 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 5896 // 5897 // class X { 5898 // void f() const; 5899 // }; 5900 // 5901 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 5902 // 5903 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 5904 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 5905 // whether the parameter types are references). 5906 5907 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 5908 NewFD, 5909 ExtraArgs)) { 5910 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 5911 return Result; 5912 } 5913 } 5914 5915 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 5916 // to something. 5917 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 5918 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous, 5919 NewFD, 5920 ExtraArgs)) { 5921 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 5922 return Result; 5923 } 5924 } 5925 5926 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 5927 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 5928 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 5929 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 5930 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5931 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 5932 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 5933 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 5934 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 5935 // generate them. 5936 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 5937 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5938 } 5939 } 5940 5941 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 5942 5943 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 5944 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 5945 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 5946 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 5947 << NewFD; 5948 5949 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 5950 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5951 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 5952 EPI.Variadic = true; 5953 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 5954 5955 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI); 5956 NewFD->setType(R); 5957 } 5958 5959 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 5960 // member, set the visibility of this function. 5961 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 5962 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 5963 5964 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 5965 // marking the function. 5966 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 5967 5968 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 5969 // map of such names. 5970 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 5971 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 5972 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 5973 5974 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 5975 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 5976 5977 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5978 if (FunctionTemplate) { 5979 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 5980 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5981 return FunctionTemplate; 5982 } 5983 } 5984 5985 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 5986 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 5987 && NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>() 5988 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 5989 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 5990 D.setInvalidType(); 5991 } 5992 5993 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 5994 5995 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 5996 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 5997 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 5998 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5999 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 6000 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 6001 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 6002 6003 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 6004 } 6005 } 6006 6007 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 6008 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 6009 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 6010 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 6011 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 6012 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 6013 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 6014 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 6015 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 6016 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 6017 AddToScope = false; 6018 } 6019 6020 return NewFD; 6021} 6022 6023/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 6024/// 6025/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 6026/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 6027/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 6028/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 6029/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 6030/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 6031/// via InstantiateDecl). 6032/// 6033/// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 6034/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 6035/// 6036/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 6037/// 6038/// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 6039bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6040 LookupResult &Previous, 6041 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 6042 assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType() 6043 && "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 6044 6045 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 6046 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 6047 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 6048 // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" 6049 // declaration with the same name. 6050 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 6051 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(NewFD->getDeclName()); 6052 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 6053 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 6054 } 6055 6056 bool Redeclaration = false; 6057 6058 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 6059 // the same name, if appropriate. 6060 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6061 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 6062 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 6063 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 6064 // function to the scope. 6065 6066 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 6067 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 6068 Redeclaration = true; 6069 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 6070 } else { 6071 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 6072 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 6073 case Ovl_Match: 6074 Redeclaration = true; 6075 break; 6076 6077 case Ovl_NonFunction: 6078 Redeclaration = true; 6079 break; 6080 6081 case Ovl_Overload: 6082 Redeclaration = false; 6083 break; 6084 } 6085 6086 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 6087 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 6088 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 6089 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 6090 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 6091 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 6092 if (Redeclaration) 6093 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 6094 else if (!Previous.empty()) 6095 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 6096 if (OverloadedDecl) 6097 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 6098 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 6099 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 6100 Context)); 6101 } 6102 } 6103 6104 if (Redeclaration) { 6105 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 6106 // merged. 6107 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S)) { 6108 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6109 return Redeclaration; 6110 } 6111 6112 Previous.clear(); 6113 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 6114 6115 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 6116 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 6117 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 6118 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 6119 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 6120 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 6121 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 6122 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 6123 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 6124 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 6125 } 6126 6127 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 6128 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 6129 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 6130 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 6131 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 6132 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 6133 } 6134 6135 } else { 6136 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions 6137 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 6138 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 6139 } 6140 } 6141 } 6142 6143 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 6144 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6145 // C++-specific checks. 6146 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 6147 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 6148 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 6149 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 6150 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 6151 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 6152 6153 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 6154 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 6155 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 6156 DeclarationName Name 6157 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 6158 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 6159 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 6160 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 6161 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6162 return Redeclaration; 6163 } 6164 } 6165 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 6166 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 6167 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 6168 } 6169 6170 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 6171 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 6172 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 6173 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 6174 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 6175 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 6176 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 6177 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 6178 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 6179 } 6180 } 6181 } 6182 6183 if (Method->isStatic()) 6184 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 6185 } 6186 6187 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 6188 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 6189 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 6190 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6191 return Redeclaration; 6192 } 6193 6194 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 6195 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 6196 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 6197 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6198 return Redeclaration; 6199 } 6200 6201 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 6202 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 6203 // during delayed parsing anyway. 6204 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 6205 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 6206 6207 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 6208 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 6209 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 6210 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 6211 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 6212 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 6213 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 6214 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 6215 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 6216 } 6217 } 6218 6219 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 6220 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 6221 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 6222 if (NewFD->isExternC()) { 6223 QualType R = NewFD->getResultType(); 6224 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 6225 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 6226 << NewFD << R; 6227 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 6228 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 6229 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 6230 } 6231 } 6232 return Redeclaration; 6233} 6234 6235void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 6236 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline, 6237 // static or constexpr is ill-formed. 6238 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier 6239 // shall not appear in a declaration of main. 6240 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 6241 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 6242 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 6243 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 6244 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6245 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 6246 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 6247 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 6248 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 6249 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 6250 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 6251 FD->setConstexpr(false); 6252 } 6253 6254 QualType T = FD->getType(); 6255 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 6256 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 6257 6258 // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'. 6259 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 6260 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 6261 // set the flag which tells us that. 6262 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 6263 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 6264 6265 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 6266 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 6267 // implicit-return-zero rule. 6268 } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6269 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 6270 6271 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 6272 } else { 6273 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 6274 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6275 } 6276 6277 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 6278 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 6279 6280 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 6281 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 6282 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 6283 6284 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 6285 6286 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 6287 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 6288 // getting shifty. 6289 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 6290 HasExtraParameters = false; 6291 6292 if (HasExtraParameters) { 6293 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 6294 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6295 nparams = 3; 6296 } 6297 6298 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 6299 // if we had some location information about types. 6300 6301 QualType CharPP = 6302 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 6303 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 6304 6305 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 6306 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 6307 6308 bool mismatch = true; 6309 6310 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 6311 mismatch = false; 6312 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 6313 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 6314 // char const ** 6315 // char const * const * 6316 // char * const * 6317 6318 QualifierCollector qs; 6319 const PointerType* PT; 6320 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 6321 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 6322 (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) { 6323 qs.removeConst(); 6324 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 6325 } 6326 } 6327 6328 if (mismatch) { 6329 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 6330 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 6331 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6332 } 6333 } 6334 6335 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6336 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 6337 } 6338 6339 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 6340 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 6341 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6342 } 6343} 6344 6345bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 6346 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 6347 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 6348 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 6349 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 6350 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 6351 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 6352 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 6353 // rules there don't matter.) 6354 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 6355 return false; 6356 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 6357 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6358 return true; 6359} 6360 6361namespace { 6362 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 6363 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 6364 class SelfReferenceChecker 6365 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 6366 Sema &S; 6367 Decl *OrigDecl; 6368 bool isRecordType; 6369 bool isPODType; 6370 bool isReferenceType; 6371 6372 public: 6373 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 6374 6375 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 6376 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 6377 isPODType = false; 6378 isRecordType = false; 6379 isReferenceType = false; 6380 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 6381 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 6382 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 6383 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 6384 } 6385 } 6386 6387 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 6388 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 6389 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 6390 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 6391 if (isReferenceType) 6392 return; 6393 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6394 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 6395 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6396 return; 6397 } 6398 6399 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 6400 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 6401 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 6402 return; 6403 } 6404 6405 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 6406 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6407 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 6408 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 6409 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 6410 return; 6411 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6412 } 6413 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 6414 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6415 return; 6416 } 6417 } 6418 6419 // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are 6420 // bad, not just r-value uses. 6421 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 6422 if (isReferenceType) 6423 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 6424 } 6425 6426 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 6427 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue || 6428 (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) 6429 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 6430 6431 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 6432 } 6433 6434 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 6435 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 6436 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 6437 6438 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 6439 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 6440 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 6441 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 6442 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6443 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 6444 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 6445 Warn = false; 6446 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 6447 } 6448 6449 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 6450 if (Warn) 6451 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 6452 return; 6453 } 6454 6455 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 6456 // Visit that expression. 6457 Visit(Base); 6458 } 6459 6460 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 6461 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 6462 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 6463 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 6464 if (!isPODType) 6465 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 6466 return; 6467 } 6468 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 6469 } 6470 6471 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 6472 6473 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 6474 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 6475 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 6476 unsigned diag = isReferenceType 6477 ? diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init 6478 : diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 6479 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 6480 S.PDiag(diag) 6481 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 6482 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 6483 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 6484 } 6485 }; 6486 6487 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 6488 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 6489 bool DirectInit) { 6490 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 6491 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 6492 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 6493 return; 6494 6495 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 6496 6497 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 6498 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 6499 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 6500 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 6501 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 6502 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 6503 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 6504 return; 6505 6506 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E); 6507 } 6508} 6509 6510/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 6511/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 6512/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 6513void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 6514 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 6515 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 6516 // the initializer. 6517 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6518 return; 6519 6520 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 6521 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 6522 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 6523 // Thus this grotesque test. 6524 IntegerLiteral *IL; 6525 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 6526 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 6527 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 6528 else { 6529 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 6530 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 6531 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 6532 } 6533 return; 6534 } 6535 6536 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 6537 if (!VDecl) { 6538 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 6539 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 6540 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6541 return; 6542 } 6543 6544 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 6545 6546 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 6547 AutoType *Auto = 0; 6548 if (TypeMayContainAuto && 6549 (Auto = VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) && 6550 !Auto->isDeduced()) { 6551 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 6552 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 6553 // contains exactly one expression. 6554 if (CXXDirectInit) { 6555 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 6556 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 6557 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 6558 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 6559 diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 6560 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 6561 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 6562 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6563 return; 6564 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 6565 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 6566 diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 6567 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 6568 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 6569 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6570 return; 6571 } else { 6572 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 6573 } 6574 } 6575 TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0; 6576 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 6577 DAR_Failed) 6578 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 6579 if (!DeducedType) { 6580 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6581 return; 6582 } 6583 VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType); 6584 VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType()); 6585 VDecl->ClearLinkageCache(); 6586 6587 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 6588 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 6589 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6590 6591 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 6592 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 6593 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 6594 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 6595 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && 6596 DeducedType->getType()->isObjCIdType()) { 6597 SourceLocation Loc = DeducedType->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 6598 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 6599 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 6600 } 6601 6602 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 6603 // the previously declared type. 6604 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) 6605 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old); 6606 } 6607 6608 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 6609 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 6610 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 6611 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6612 return; 6613 } 6614 6615 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 6616 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 6617 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 6618 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 6619 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 6620 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 6621 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 6622 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 6623 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 6624 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6625 return; 6626 } 6627 6628 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 6629 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 6630 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6631 AbstractVariableType)) 6632 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6633 } 6634 6635 const VarDecl *Def; 6636 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 6637 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 6638 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 6639 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6640 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6641 return; 6642 } 6643 6644 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 6645 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6646 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 6647 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 6648 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 6649 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 6650 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 6651 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 6652 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 6653 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 6654 // 6655 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 6656 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 6657 // declaration with an initializer. 6658 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 6659 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 6660 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 6661 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6662 return; 6663 } 6664 6665 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 6666 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6667 6668 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 6669 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6670 return; 6671 } 6672 } 6673 6674 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 6675 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 6676 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 6677 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 6678 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6679 return; 6680 } 6681 6682 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 6683 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 6684 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 6685 6686 // Top-level message sends default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 6687 // and we are assigning it to a variable of 'id' type. 6688 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCIdType()) 6689 if (Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(Init)) { 6690 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 6691 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 6692 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6693 return; 6694 } 6695 Init = Result.take(); 6696 } 6697 6698 // Perform the initialization. 6699 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 6700 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 6701 InitializationKind Kind 6702 = DirectInit ? 6703 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 6704 Init->getLocStart(), 6705 Init->getLocEnd()) 6706 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 6707 VDecl->getLocation()) 6708 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 6709 Init->getLocStart()); 6710 6711 Expr **Args = &Init; 6712 unsigned NumArgs = 1; 6713 if (CXXDirectInit) { 6714 Args = CXXDirectInit->getExprs(); 6715 NumArgs = CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs(); 6716 } 6717 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, NumArgs); 6718 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 6719 MultiExprArg(Args, NumArgs), &DclT); 6720 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 6721 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6722 return; 6723 } 6724 6725 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 6726 } 6727 6728 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 6729 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 6730 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 6731 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 6732 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 6733 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 6734 } 6735 6736 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 6737 // completed by the initializer. For example: 6738 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 6739 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 6740 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 6741 VDecl->setType(DclT); 6742 6743 // Check any implicit conversions within the expression. 6744 CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation()); 6745 6746 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 6747 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 6748 6749 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6750 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 6751 6752 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 6753 // Although this code can still have problems: 6754 // id x = self.weakProp; 6755 // id y = self.weakProp; 6756 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 6757 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 6758 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 6759 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) { 6760 DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level = 6761 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 6762 Init->getLocStart()); 6763 if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 6764 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 6765 } 6766 } 6767 6768 Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init); 6769 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 6770 VDecl->setInit(Init); 6771 6772 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 6773 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 6774 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 6775 // C++ does not have this restriction. 6776 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && 6777 VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 6778 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 6779 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 6780 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 6781 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 6782 // 6783 // struct S { 6784 // static const int value = 17; 6785 // }; 6786 6787 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 6788 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 6789 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 6790 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 6791 // 6792 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 6793 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 6794 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 6795 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 6796 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 6797 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 6798 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 6799 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 6800 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 6801 6802 // Do nothing on dependent types. 6803 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 6804 6805 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 6806 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 6807 // type. 6808 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 6809 6810 // Require constness. 6811 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 6812 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 6813 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6814 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6815 6816 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 6817 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 6818 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 6819 SourceLocation Loc; 6820 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 6821 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 6822 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 6823 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 6824 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 6825 ; // Nothing to check. 6826 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 6827 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 6828 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 6829 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 6830 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 6831 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6832 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6833 } else { 6834 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 6835 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 6836 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6837 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6838 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6839 } 6840 6841 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 6842 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 6843 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 6844 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 6845 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x) 6846 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 6847 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_constexpr) 6848 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 6849 6850 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 6851 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 6852 << Init->getSourceRange(); 6853 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6854 } 6855 6856 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 6857 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && DclT->isLiteralType()) { 6858 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 6859 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 6860 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 6861 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 6862 6863 } else { 6864 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 6865 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 6866 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6867 } 6868 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 6869 if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && 6870 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 6871 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 6872 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 6873 6874 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 6875 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6876 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 6877 } 6878 6879 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 6880 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 6881 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 6882 // 6883 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 6884 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 6885 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 6886 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 6887 // special case code. 6888 6889 // C++ 8.5p11: 6890 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 6891 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 6892 // class type. 6893 if (CXXDirectInit) { 6894 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 6895 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 6896 } else if (DirectInit) { 6897 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 6898 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 6899 } 6900 6901 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 6902} 6903 6904/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 6905/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 6906/// of sanity. 6907void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 6908 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 6909 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 6910 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 6911 6912 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 6913 if (!VD) return; 6914 6915 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 6916 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 6917 D->setInvalidDecl(); 6918 return; 6919 } 6920 6921 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 6922 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 6923 6924 // Require a complete type. 6925 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 6926 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 6927 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 6928 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 6929 return; 6930 } 6931 6932 // Require an abstract type. 6933 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 6934 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6935 AbstractVariableType)) { 6936 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 6937 return; 6938 } 6939 6940 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 6941 // though. 6942} 6943 6944void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 6945 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 6946 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 6947 if (RealDecl == 0) 6948 return; 6949 6950 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 6951 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 6952 6953 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 6954 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 6955 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 6956 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 6957 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6958 return; 6959 } 6960 6961 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 6962 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 6963 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 6964 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 6965 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 6966 // member. 6967 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 6968 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 6969 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 6970 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 6971 << Var->getDeclName(); 6972 else 6973 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 6974 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 6975 return; 6976 } 6977 6978 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 6979 case VarDecl::Definition: 6980 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 6981 break; 6982 6983 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 6984 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 6985 // a declaration. 6986 // 6987 // Fall through 6988 6989 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 6990 // It's only a declaration. 6991 6992 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 6993 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 6994 // object shall be complete. 6995 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 6996 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 6997 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 6998 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 6999 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7000 7001 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 7002 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7003 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7004 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7005 AbstractVariableType)) 7006 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7007 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 7008 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 7009 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 7010 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 7011 } 7012 7013 return; 7014 7015 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 7016 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 7017 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 7018 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 7019 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 7020 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 7021 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 7022 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 7023 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 7024 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 7025 ArrayT->getElementType(), 7026 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 7027 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7028 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 7029 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 7030 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 7031 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 7032 // NOTE: code such as the following 7033 // static struct s; 7034 // struct s { int a; }; 7035 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 7036 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 7037 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 7038 if (Var->getPreviousDecl() == 0) 7039 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7040 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 7041 } 7042 } 7043 7044 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 7045 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 7046 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 7047 return; 7048 } 7049 7050 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 7051 // definitions with incomplete array type. 7052 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 7053 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 7054 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 7055 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7056 return; 7057 } 7058 7059 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 7060 // definitions with reference type. 7061 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 7062 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 7063 << Var->getDeclName() 7064 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 7065 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7066 return; 7067 } 7068 7069 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 7070 // variable with dependent type. 7071 if (Type->isDependentType()) 7072 return; 7073 7074 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 7075 return; 7076 7077 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 7078 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 7079 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 7080 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7081 return; 7082 } 7083 7084 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 7085 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 7086 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7087 AbstractVariableType)) { 7088 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7089 return; 7090 } 7091 7092 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 7093 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 7094 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 7095 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 7096 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 7097 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 7098 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 7099 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 7100 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 7101 // types and is declared without an initializer. 7102 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 7103 if (const RecordType *Record 7104 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7105 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 7106 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 7107 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 7108 // incompatibilities with C++98. 7109 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 7110 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7111 } 7112 } 7113 7114 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 7115 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 7116 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 7117 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 7118 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 7119 // type shall have a user-declared default 7120 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 7121 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 7122 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 7123 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 7124 // program is ill-formed. 7125 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 7126 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 7127 // default-initialized; [...]. 7128 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 7129 InitializationKind Kind 7130 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 7131 7132 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 7133 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg()); 7134 if (Init.isInvalid()) 7135 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 7136 else if (Init.get()) { 7137 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 7138 // This is important for template substitution. 7139 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 7140 } 7141 7142 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 7143 } 7144} 7145 7146void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 7147 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 7148 if (!VD) { 7149 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 7150 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7151 return; 7152 } 7153 7154 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 7155 7156 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 7157 int Error = -1; 7158 switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) { 7159 case SC_None: 7160 break; 7161 case SC_Extern: 7162 Error = 0; 7163 break; 7164 case SC_Static: 7165 Error = 1; 7166 break; 7167 case SC_PrivateExtern: 7168 Error = 2; 7169 break; 7170 case SC_Auto: 7171 Error = 3; 7172 break; 7173 case SC_Register: 7174 Error = 4; 7175 break; 7176 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 7177 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 7178 } 7179 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 7180 Error = 5; 7181 if (Error != -1) { 7182 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 7183 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 7184 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7185 } 7186} 7187 7188void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 7189 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 7190 7191 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 7192 // local retaining variable. 7193 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 7194 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 7195 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 7196 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 7197 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 7198 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 7199 break; 7200 7201 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 7202 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 7203 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7204 break; 7205 } 7206 } 7207 7208 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 7209 var->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) { 7210 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 7211 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 7212 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 7213 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 7214 7215 if (!prev) 7216 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 7217 } 7218 7219 // All the following checks are C++ only. 7220 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 7221 7222 QualType type = var->getType(); 7223 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 7224 7225 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 7226 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7227 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 7228 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 7229 7230 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 7231 // constructing this copy. 7232 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 7233 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 7234 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 7235 ExprResult result = 7236 PerformCopyInitialization( 7237 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 7238 poi, Owned(varRef)); 7239 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 7240 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 7241 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 7242 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 7243 } 7244 } 7245 } 7246 7247 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 7248 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 7249 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 7250 7251 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 7252 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 7253 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 7254 getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor, 7255 var->getLocation()) 7256 != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored && 7257 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 7258 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 7259 << Init->getSourceRange(); 7260 7261 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 7262 llvm::SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 7263 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 7264 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 7265 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 7266 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 7267 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 7268 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 7269 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 7270 Notes.clear(); 7271 } 7272 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 7273 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 7274 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 7275 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 7276 } 7277 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 7278 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 7279 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 7280 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 7281 var->checkInitIsICE(); 7282 } 7283 } 7284 7285 // Require the destructor. 7286 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 7287 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 7288} 7289 7290/// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 7291/// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 7292void 7293Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 7294 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 7295 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 7296 7297 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 7298 // tag values. 7299 if (ThisDecl && ThisDecl->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 7300 const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 7301 if (VD && VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 7302 for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr> 7303 I = ThisDecl->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(), 7304 E = ThisDecl->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(); 7305 I != E; ++I) { 7306 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 7307 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 7308 continue; 7309 } 7310 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 7311 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 7312 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 7313 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 7314 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 7315 continue; 7316 } 7317 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 7318 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 7319 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 7320 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 7321 continue; 7322 } 7323 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 7324 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 7325 MagicValue, 7326 I->getMatchingCType(), 7327 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 7328 I->getMustBeNull()); 7329 } 7330 } 7331 } 7332} 7333 7334Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 7335Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 7336 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 7337 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 7338 7339 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 7340 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 7341 7342 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 7343 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 7344 Decls.push_back(D); 7345 7346 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 7347 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto); 7348} 7349 7350/// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 7351/// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 7352Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 7353Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 7354 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 7355 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 7356 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 7357 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 7358 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 7359 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 7360 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 7361 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 7362 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 7363 QualType Deduced; 7364 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 7365 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 7366 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 7367 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 7368 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 7369 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 7370 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 7371 break; 7372 if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) { 7373 QualType U = AT->getDeducedType(); 7374 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 7375 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 7376 Deduced = U; 7377 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 7378 DeducedDecl = D; 7379 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 7380 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 7381 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 7382 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 7383 << U << D->getDeclName() 7384 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 7385 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 7386 D->setInvalidDecl(); 7387 break; 7388 } 7389 } 7390 } 7391 } 7392 } 7393 7394 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group, NumDecls); 7395 7396 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 7397} 7398 7399void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 7400 ActOnDocumentableDecls(&D, 1); 7401} 7402 7403void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 7404 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 7405 if (NumDecls == 0 || !Group[0]) 7406 return; 7407 7408 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 7409 Group[0]->getLocation()) 7410 == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored) 7411 return; 7412 7413 if (NumDecls >= 2) { 7414 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 7415 // procuded from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 7416 // additional declaration references: 7417 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 7418 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 7419 // 'struct S *pS;' 7420 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 7421 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 7422 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 7423 Group++; 7424 NumDecls--; 7425 } 7426 } 7427 7428 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 7429 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 7430 if (!Comments.empty() && 7431 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 7432 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 7433 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 7434 // 7435 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 7436 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 7437 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 7438 // ahead through comments. 7439 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 7440 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 7441 } 7442} 7443 7444/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 7445/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 7446Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 7447 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 7448 7449 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 7450 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 7451 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 7452 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 7453 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 7454 StorageClass = SC_Register; 7455 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 7456 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7457 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 7458 StorageClass = SC_Auto; 7459 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Auto; 7460 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 7461 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7462 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 7463 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 7464 } 7465 7466 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 7467 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 7468 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 7469 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 7470 << 0; 7471 7472 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 7473 7474 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 7475 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 7476 7477 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7478 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 7479 // parameter. 7480 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 7481 7482 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 7483 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7484 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 7485 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7486 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 7487 } 7488 } 7489 7490 // Ensure we have a valid name 7491 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 7492 if (D.hasName()) { 7493 II = D.getIdentifier(); 7494 if (!II) { 7495 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 7496 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 7497 D.setInvalidType(true); 7498 } 7499 } 7500 7501 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 7502 if (II) { 7503 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 7504 ForRedeclaration); 7505 LookupName(R, S); 7506 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 7507 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 7508 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 7509 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7510 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 7511 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7512 PrevDecl = 0; 7513 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 7514 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 7515 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7516 7517 // Recover by removing the name 7518 II = 0; 7519 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7520 D.setInvalidType(true); 7521 } 7522 } 7523 } 7524 7525 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 7526 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 7527 // looking like class members in C++. 7528 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 7529 D.getLocStart(), 7530 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 7531 parmDeclType, TInfo, 7532 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 7533 7534 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7535 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7536 7537 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 7538 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 7539 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 7540 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 7541 7542 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 7543 S->AddDecl(New); 7544 if (II) 7545 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 7546 7547 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 7548 7549 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 7550 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 7551 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 7552 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 7553 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 7554 7555 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7556 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 7557 } 7558 return New; 7559} 7560 7561/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 7562/// typedef. 7563ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 7564 SourceLocation Loc, 7565 QualType T) { 7566 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 7567 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 7568 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 7569 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 7570 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 7571 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 7572 Param->setImplicit(); 7573 return Param; 7574} 7575 7576void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 7577 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 7578 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 7579 // will already have done so in the template itself. 7580 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 7581 return; 7582 7583 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 7584 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 7585 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 7586 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 7587 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 7588 } 7589 } 7590} 7591 7592void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 7593 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 7594 QualType ReturnTy, 7595 NamedDecl *D) { 7596 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 7597 return; 7598 7599 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 7600 // threshold. 7601 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 7602 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 7603 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 7604 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 7605 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 7606 } 7607 7608 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 7609 // threshold. 7610 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 7611 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 7612 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 7613 continue; 7614 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 7615 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 7616 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 7617 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 7618 } 7619} 7620 7621ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 7622 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 7623 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 7624 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 7625 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 7626 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 7627 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 7628 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 7629 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 7630 7631 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 7632 7633 // Special cases for arrays: 7634 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 7635 // - otherwise, it's an error 7636 if (T->isArrayType()) { 7637 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 7638 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 7639 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 7640 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 7641 } 7642 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 7643 } else { 7644 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 7645 } 7646 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 7647 } 7648 7649 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 7650 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 7651 TSInfo, 7652 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 7653 0); 7654 7655 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 7656 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 7657 // the class has been completely parsed. 7658 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 7659 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7660 AbstractParamType)) 7661 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7662 7663 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 7664 // passed by reference. 7665 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 7666 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 7667 Diag(NameLoc, 7668 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 7669 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 7670 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 7671 New->setType(T); 7672 } 7673 7674 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 7675 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 7676 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 7677 // an address space. 7678 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 7679 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 7680 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7681 } 7682 7683 return New; 7684} 7685 7686void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 7687 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 7688 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7689 7690 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 7691 // for a K&R function. 7692 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 7693 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 7694 --i; 7695 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 7696 SmallString<256> Code; 7697 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 7698 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 7699 << ";\n"; 7700 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 7701 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 7702 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 7703 7704 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 7705 // type. 7706 AttributeFactory attrs; 7707 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 7708 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 7709 unsigned DiagID; // unused 7710 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 7711 PrevSpec, DiagID); 7712 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 7713 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 7714 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 7715 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 7716 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 7717 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 7718 } 7719 } 7720 } 7721} 7722 7723Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 7724 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 7725 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 7726 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 7727 7728 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 7729 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 7730 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 7731} 7732 7733static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 7734 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 7735 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 7736 return false; 7737 7738 // Or declarations that aren't global. 7739 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 7740 return false; 7741 7742 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 7743 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 7744 return false; 7745 7746 // Don't warn about 'main'. 7747 if (FD->isMain()) 7748 return false; 7749 7750 // Don't warn about inline functions. 7751 if (FD->isInlined()) 7752 return false; 7753 7754 // Don't warn about function templates. 7755 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 7756 return false; 7757 7758 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 7759 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 7760 return false; 7761 7762 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 7763 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 7764 return false; 7765 7766 bool MissingPrototype = true; 7767 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 7768 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 7769 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 7770 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 7771 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 7772 continue; 7773 7774 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 7775 break; 7776 } 7777 7778 return MissingPrototype; 7779} 7780 7781void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) { 7782 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 7783 // was an extern inline function. 7784 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 7785 if (FD->isDefined(Definition) && 7786 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) { 7787 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 7788 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 7789 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 7790 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 7791 else 7792 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 7793 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7794 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7795 } 7796} 7797 7798Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 7799 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 7800 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 7801 7802 if (!D) 7803 return D; 7804 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 7805 7806 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 7807 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 7808 else 7809 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 7810 7811 // Enter a new function scope 7812 PushFunctionScope(); 7813 7814 // See if this is a redefinition. 7815 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 7816 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 7817 7818 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 7819 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 7820 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 7821 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 7822 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7823 } 7824 } 7825 7826 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 7827 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 7828 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 7829 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 7830 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 7831 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 7832 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 7833 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7834 7835 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 7836 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 7837 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 7838 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 7839 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 7840 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD)) 7841 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 7842 7843 if (FnBodyScope) 7844 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 7845 7846 // Check the validity of our function parameters 7847 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 7848 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 7849 7850 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 7851 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 7852 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 7853 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 7854 7855 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 7856 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 7857 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 7858 7859 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 7860 } 7861 } 7862 7863 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 7864 // introduce them into the function scope. 7865 if (FnBodyScope) { 7866 for (llvm::ArrayRef<NamedDecl*>::iterator I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 7867 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); I != E; ++I) { 7868 NamedDecl *D = *I; 7869 7870 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit 7871 // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit 7872 // and reattach to the current context. 7873 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 7874 // Is the decl actually in the context? 7875 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(), 7876 DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) { 7877 if (*DI == D) { 7878 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 7879 break; 7880 } 7881 } 7882 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 7883 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7884 } 7885 7886 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 7887 if (!D->getName().empty()) 7888 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 7889 7890 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 7891 // accessible in this scope. 7892 if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 7893 for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(), 7894 EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI) 7895 PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 7896 } 7897 } 7898 } 7899 7900 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 7901 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 7902 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 7903 7904 // Checking attributes of current function definition 7905 // dllimport attribute. 7906 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 7907 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 7908 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 7909 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 7910 if (!DA->isInherited() && 7911 !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 7912 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7913 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 7914 << "dllimport"; 7915 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7916 return FD; 7917 } 7918 7919 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 7920 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 7921 if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) { 7922 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 7923 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 7924 // emitted. 7925 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 7926 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 7927 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 7928 } 7929 } 7930 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 7931 // a function template). 7932 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 7933 return FD; 7934} 7935 7936/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 7937/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 7938/// optimization. 7939/// 7940/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 7941/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 7942/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 7943/// use the named return value optimization. 7944/// 7945/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 7946/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 7947/// the NRVO variable. 7948/// 7949/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 7950/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 7951/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 7952void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 7953 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 7954 7955 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 7956 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 7957 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 7958 return; 7959 7960 if (!NRVOCandidate) 7961 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 7962 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 7963 return; 7964 } 7965 7966 if (NRVOCandidate) 7967 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 7968} 7969 7970Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 7971 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 7972} 7973 7974Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 7975 bool IsInstantiation) { 7976 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 7977 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 7978 if (FunTmpl) 7979 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 7980 else 7981 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 7982 7983 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 7984 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 7985 7986 if (FD) { 7987 FD->setBody(Body); 7988 7989 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 7990 // don't complain about missing return statements. 7991 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 7992 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 7993 7994 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 7995 // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct. 7996 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure()) 7997 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition); 7998 7999 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8000 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 8001 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 8002 FD->getResultType(), FD); 8003 8004 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 8005 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 8006 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 8007 8008 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 8009 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 8010 // to deduce an implicit return type. 8011 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getResultType()->isRecordType() && 8012 !FD->isDependentContext()) 8013 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 8014 } 8015 8016 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 8017 "Function parsing confused"); 8018 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 8019 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 8020 MD->setBody(Body); 8021 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8022 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 8023 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 8024 MD->getResultType(), MD); 8025 8026 if (Body) 8027 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 8028 } 8029 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 8030 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 8031 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 8032 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 8033 } 8034 } else { 8035 return 0; 8036 } 8037 8038 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 8039 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 8040 "handled in the block above."); 8041 8042 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 8043 if (Body) { 8044 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 8045 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 8046 // Verify this. 8047 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 8048 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 8049 8050 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 8051 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 8052 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 8053 !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() && 8054 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 8055 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 8056 8057 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 8058 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 8059 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 8060 8061 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 8062 Destructor->getParent()); 8063 } 8064 8065 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 8066 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 8067 // deletion in some later function. 8068 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 8069 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 8070 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 8071 } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 8072 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 8073 // enabled. 8074 ActivePolicy = &WP; 8075 } 8076 8077 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 8078 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 8079 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 8080 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8081 8082 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 8083 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 8084 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 8085 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 8086 } 8087 8088 if (!IsInstantiation) 8089 PopDeclContext(); 8090 8091 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 8092 8093 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 8094 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 8095 // deletion in some later function. 8096 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 8097 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 8098 } 8099 8100 return dcl; 8101} 8102 8103 8104/// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 8105/// relevant Decl. 8106void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 8107 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 8108 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 8109 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 8110 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 8111 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 8112 8113 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 8114 if (Method->isStatic()) 8115 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 8116} 8117 8118 8119/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 8120/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 8121NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 8122 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 8123 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 8124 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 8125 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 8126 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 8127 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 8128 = findLocallyScopedExternalDecl(&II); 8129 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) { 8130 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 8131 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 8132 return Pos->second; 8133 } 8134 8135 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 8136 unsigned diag_id; 8137 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 8138 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 8139 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 8140 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 8141 else 8142 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 8143 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 8144 8145 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 8146 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 8147 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 8148 TypoCorrection Corrected; 8149 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator; 8150 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), 8151 LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) { 8152 std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()); 8153 std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()); 8154 FunctionDecl *Func = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<FunctionDecl>(); 8155 8156 Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr 8157 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr); 8158 8159 if (Func->getLocation().isValid() 8160 && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 8161 Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 8162 << CorrectedQuotedStr; 8163 } 8164 } 8165 8166 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 8167 const char *Dummy; 8168 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 8169 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 8170 unsigned DiagID; 8171 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 8172 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 8173 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 8174 SourceLocation NoLoc; 8175 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 8176 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 8177 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 8178 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 8179 /*ArgInfo=*/0, 8180 /*NumArgs=*/0, 8181 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 8182 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 8183 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 8184 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 8185 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 8186 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 8187 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 8188 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 8189 EST_None, 8190 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 8191 /*Exceptions=*/0, 8192 /*ExceptionRanges=*/0, 8193 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 8194 /*NoexceptExpr=*/0, 8195 Loc, Loc, D), 8196 DS.getAttributes(), 8197 SourceLocation()); 8198 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 8199 8200 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 8201 8202 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 8203 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 8204 8205 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 8206 FD->setImplicit(); 8207 8208 CurContext = PrevDC; 8209 8210 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 8211 8212 return FD; 8213} 8214 8215/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 8216/// the declaration of this function. 8217/// 8218/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 8219/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 8220/// like NSLog or printf. 8221/// 8222/// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 8223/// attributes are applied to declarations. 8224void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8225 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 8226 return; 8227 8228 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 8229 // actual attributes. 8230 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 8231 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 8232 unsigned FormatIdx; 8233 bool HasVAListArg; 8234 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 8235 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 8236 const char *fmt = "printf"; 8237 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 8238 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 8239 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8240 fmt = "NSString"; 8241 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 8242 fmt, FormatIdx+1, 8243 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 8244 } 8245 } 8246 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 8247 HasVAListArg)) { 8248 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 8249 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 8250 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 8251 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 8252 } 8253 8254 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 8255 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 8256 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 8257 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 8258 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 8259 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 8260 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8261 } 8262 8263 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 8264 !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 8265 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8266 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 8267 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8268 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 8269 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 8270 } 8271 8272 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 8273 if (!Name) 8274 return; 8275 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8276 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 8277 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 8278 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 8279 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 8280 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 8281 // about. 8282 } else 8283 return; 8284 8285 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 8286 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 8287 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 8288 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 8289 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 8290 "printf", 2, 8291 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 8292 } 8293 8294 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 8295 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 8296 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 8297 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 8298 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatArgAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 1)); 8299 } 8300} 8301 8302TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 8303 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 8304 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 8305 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 8306 8307 if (!TInfo) { 8308 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 8309 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 8310 } 8311 8312 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 8313 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 8314 D.getLocStart(), 8315 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 8316 D.getIdentifier(), 8317 TInfo); 8318 8319 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 8320 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 8321 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 8322 return NewTD; 8323 } 8324 8325 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 8326 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8327 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 8328 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 8329 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 8330 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 8331 else 8332 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 8333 } 8334 8335 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 8336 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 8337 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 8338 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 8339 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 8340 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 8341 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 8342 case TST_enum: 8343 case TST_struct: 8344 case TST_interface: 8345 case TST_union: 8346 case TST_class: { 8347 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 8348 8349 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 8350 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 8351 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 8352 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 8353 8354 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 8355 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 8356 8357 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 8358 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 8359 break; 8360 8361 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 8362 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 8363 break; 8364 } 8365 8366 default: 8367 break; 8368 } 8369 8370 return NewTD; 8371} 8372 8373 8374/// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 8375bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 8376 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 8377 QualType T = TI->getType(); 8378 8379 if (T->isDependentType() || T->isIntegralType(Context)) 8380 return false; 8381 8382 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 8383 return true; 8384} 8385 8386/// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 8387/// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 8388bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 8389 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 8390 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 8391 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 8392 8393 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 8394 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 8395 << Prev->isScoped(); 8396 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8397 return true; 8398 } 8399 8400 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 8401 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 8402 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 8403 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 8404 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 8405 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 8406 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 8407 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8408 return true; 8409 } 8410 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 8411 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 8412 << Prev->isFixed(); 8413 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8414 return true; 8415 } 8416 8417 return false; 8418} 8419 8420/// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 8421/// redeclaration diagnostic message. 8422/// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 8423/// 8424/// \returns diagnostic %select index. 8425static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 8426 switch (Tag) { 8427 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 8428 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 8429 case TTK_Class: return 2; 8430 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 8431 } 8432} 8433 8434/// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 8435/// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 8436/// 8437/// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 8438static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 8439{ 8440 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 8441} 8442 8443/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 8444/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 8445/// 8446/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 8447bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 8448 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 8449 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 8450 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 8451 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 8452 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 8453 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 8454 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 8455 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 8456 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 8457 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 8458 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 8459 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 8460 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 8461 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 8462 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 8463 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 8464 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 8465 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 8466 if (OldTag == NewTag) 8467 return true; 8468 8469 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 8470 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 8471 bool isTemplate = false; 8472 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 8473 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 8474 8475 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8476 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 8477 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 8478 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 8479 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 8480 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 8481 return true; 8482 } 8483 8484 if (isDefinition) { 8485 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 8486 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 8487 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 8488 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 8489 return true; 8490 } 8491 8492 bool previousMismatch = false; 8493 for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()), 8494 E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) { 8495 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 8496 if (!previousMismatch) { 8497 previousMismatch = true; 8498 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 8499 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 8500 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 8501 } 8502 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 8503 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 8504 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 8505 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 8506 } 8507 } 8508 return true; 8509 } 8510 8511 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 8512 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 8513 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 8514 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 8515 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 8516 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 8517 return true; 8518 } 8519 8520 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 8521 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 8522 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 8523 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8524 8525 // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it. 8526 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 8527 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 8528 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 8529 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 8530 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 8531 } 8532 8533 return true; 8534 } 8535 return false; 8536} 8537 8538/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 8539/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 8540/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 8541/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 8542Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 8543 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 8544 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 8545 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 8546 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 8547 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 8548 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 8549 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 8550 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 8551 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 8552 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 8553 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 8554 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 8555 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 8556 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 8557 8558 OwnedDecl = false; 8559 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 8560 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 8561 8562 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 8563 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 8564 bool Invalid = false; 8565 8566 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 8567 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 8568 // for non-C++ cases. 8569 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 8570 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 8571 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 8572 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, 8573 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 8574 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 8575 TUK == TUK_Friend, 8576 isExplicitSpecialization, 8577 Invalid)) { 8578 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 8579 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 8580 // be a member of another template). 8581 8582 if (Invalid) 8583 return 0; 8584 8585 OwnedDecl = false; 8586 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 8587 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 8588 TemplateParams, AS, 8589 ModulePrivateLoc, 8590 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 8591 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 8592 return Result.get(); 8593 } else { 8594 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 8595 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 8596 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 8597 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 8598 } 8599 } 8600 } 8601 8602 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 8603 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 8604 // redeclaration. 8605 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 8606 8607 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 8608 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 8609 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 8610 // type, default to int. 8611 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8612 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 8613 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 8614 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 8615 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 8616 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 8617 EnumUnderlying = TI; 8618 8619 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 8620 // Recover by falling back to int. 8621 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8622 8623 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 8624 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 8625 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8626 8627 } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 8628 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 8629 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 8630 } 8631 8632 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 8633 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 8634 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 8635 8636 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 8637 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 8638 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 8639 8640 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 8641 8642 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 8643 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 8644 8645 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 8646 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 8647 Name = 0; 8648 goto CreateNewDecl; 8649 } 8650 8651 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 8652 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 8653 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 8654 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 8655 if (!DC) { 8656 IsDependent = true; 8657 return 0; 8658 } 8659 } else { 8660 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 8661 if (!DC) { 8662 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 8663 << SS.getRange(); 8664 return 0; 8665 } 8666 } 8667 8668 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 8669 return 0; 8670 8671 SearchDC = DC; 8672 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 8673 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 8674 8675 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 8676 return 0; 8677 8678 if (Previous.empty()) { 8679 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 8680 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 8681 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 8682 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 8683 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 8684 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 8685 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 8686 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 8687 IsDependent = true; 8688 return 0; 8689 } 8690 8691 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 8692 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 8693 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 8694 Name = 0; 8695 Invalid = true; 8696 goto CreateNewDecl; 8697 } 8698 } else if (Name) { 8699 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 8700 // declaration or definition. 8701 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 8702 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 8703 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 8704 LookupName(Previous, S); 8705 8706 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 8707 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 8708 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 8709 while (F.hasNext()) { 8710 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 8711 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 8712 F.erase(); 8713 } 8714 F.done(); 8715 } 8716 8717 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 8718 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 8719 return 0; 8720 8721 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 8722 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 8723 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 8724 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 8725 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 8726 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 8727 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 8728 } 8729 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 8730 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 8731 // initial context to the translation unit. 8732 // FIXME: [citation needed] 8733 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 8734 } 8735 8736 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 8737 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 8738 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 8739 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 8740 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 8741 Previous.clear(); 8742 } 8743 8744 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 8745 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 8746 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 8747 isStdBadAlloc = true; 8748 8749 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 8750 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 8751 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 8752 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 8753 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 8754 } 8755 } 8756 8757 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 8758 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 8759 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 8760 // there's a shadow friend decl. 8761 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 8762 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 8763 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 8764 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 8765 8766 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 8767 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 8768 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 8769 // 8770 // class-key identifier 8771 // 8772 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 8773 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 8774 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 8775 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 8776 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 8777 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 8778 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 8779 // declaration. 8780 // 8781 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 8782 // C structs and unions. 8783 // 8784 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 8785 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 8786 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 8787 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 8788 // 8789 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 8790 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 8791 // 8792 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 8793 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 8794 // lexical context, 8795 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8796 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 8797 8798 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 8799 while (S->isClassScope() || 8800 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8801 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 8802 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 8803 (S->getEntity() && 8804 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 8805 S = S->getParent(); 8806 } else { 8807 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 8808 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 8809 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 8810 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 8811 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 8812 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 8813 } 8814 8815 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 8816 // diagnose some problems. 8817 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8818 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 8819 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 8820 } 8821 } 8822 8823 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8824 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 8825 8826 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 8827 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 8828 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 8829 // in C++. 8830 // 8831 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 8832 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 8833 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 8834 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 8835 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8836 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8837 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 8838 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 8839 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 8840 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 8841 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 8842 PrevDecl = Tag; 8843 Previous.clear(); 8844 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 8845 Previous.resolveKind(); 8846 } 8847 } 8848 } 8849 } 8850 8851 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 8852 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 8853 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 8854 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 8855 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 8856 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 8857 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 8858 // struct or something similar. 8859 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 8860 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 8861 *Name)) { 8862 bool SafeToContinue 8863 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 8864 Kind != TTK_Enum); 8865 if (SafeToContinue) 8866 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 8867 << Name 8868 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 8869 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 8870 else 8871 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 8872 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 8873 8874 if (SafeToContinue) 8875 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 8876 else { 8877 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 8878 Name = 0; 8879 Previous.clear(); 8880 Invalid = true; 8881 } 8882 } 8883 8884 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 8885 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 8886 8887 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 8888 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 8889 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 8890 if (ScopedEnum) 8891 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 8892 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 8893 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 8894 return PrevTagDecl; 8895 } 8896 8897 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 8898 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 8899 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType(); 8900 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 8901 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 8902 8903 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 8904 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 8905 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 8906 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 8907 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 8908 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0; 8909 } 8910 8911 if (!Invalid) { 8912 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 8913 8914 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 8915 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 8916 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 8917 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 8918 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || 8919 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend) 8920 return PrevTagDecl; 8921 8922 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 8923 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 8924 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 8925 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 8926 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 8927 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 8928 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 8929 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 8930 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 8931 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 8932 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 8933 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 8934 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 8935 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 8936 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 8937 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 8938 } 8939 8940 if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 8941 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 8942 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 8943 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 8944 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 8945 else 8946 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 8947 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8948 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 8949 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 8950 // references get the previous definition. 8951 Name = 0; 8952 Previous.clear(); 8953 Invalid = true; 8954 } 8955 } else { 8956 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 8957 // about a nested redefinition. 8958 const TagType *Tag 8959 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 8960 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 8961 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 8962 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 8963 diag::note_previous_definition); 8964 Name = 0; 8965 Previous.clear(); 8966 Invalid = true; 8967 } 8968 } 8969 8970 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 8971 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 8972 } 8973 } 8974 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 8975 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 8976 8977 } else { 8978 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 8979 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 8980 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 8981 // have distinct types. 8982 Previous.clear(); 8983 } 8984 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 8985 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 8986 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 8987 8988 8989 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 8990 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 8991 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 8992 } else { 8993 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 8994 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 8995 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 8996 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 8997 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 8998 unsigned Kind = 0; 8999 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9000 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 9001 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 9002 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 9003 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 9004 Invalid = true; 9005 9006 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 9007 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 9008 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 9009 // do nothing 9010 9011 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 9012 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9013 unsigned Kind = 0; 9014 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9015 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 9016 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 9017 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 9018 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 9019 Invalid = true; 9020 9021 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 9022 // case here. 9023 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9024 unsigned Kind = 0; 9025 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 9026 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 9027 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 9028 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 9029 Invalid = true; 9030 9031 // Otherwise, diagnose. 9032 } else { 9033 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 9034 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 9035 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 9036 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9037 Name = 0; 9038 Invalid = true; 9039 } 9040 9041 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 9042 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 9043 Previous.clear(); 9044 } 9045 } 9046 9047CreateNewDecl: 9048 9049 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 9050 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 9051 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 9052 9053 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 9054 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 9055 // keyword. 9056 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 9057 9058 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 9059 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 9060 // PrevDecl. 9061 TagDecl *New; 9062 9063 bool IsForwardReference = false; 9064 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 9065 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 9066 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 9067 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 9068 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 9069 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 9070 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 9071 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 9072 TagDecl *Def; 9073 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 9074 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 9075 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 9076 } 9077 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 9078 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 9079 << New; 9080 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9081 } else { 9082 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 9083 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) 9084 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 9085 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 9086 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 9087 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 9088 9089 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 9090 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 9091 // the declaration context. 9092 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 9093 IsForwardReference = true; 9094 } 9095 } 9096 9097 if (EnumUnderlying) { 9098 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 9099 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 9100 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 9101 else 9102 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 9103 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 9104 } 9105 9106 } else { 9107 // struct/union/class 9108 9109 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 9110 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 9111 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9112 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 9113 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 9114 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 9115 9116 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 9117 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 9118 } else 9119 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 9120 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 9121 } 9122 9123 // Maybe add qualifier info. 9124 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 9125 if (SS.isSet()) { 9126 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 9127 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 9128 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 9129 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 9130 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 9131 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 9132 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 9133 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc)) 9134 Invalid = true; 9135 9136 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 9137 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 9138 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 9139 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 9140 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 9141 } 9142 } 9143 else 9144 Invalid = true; 9145 } 9146 9147 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 9148 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 9149 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 9150 // 9151 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 9152 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 9153 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 9154 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 9155 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 9156 // parsing of the struct). 9157 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 9158 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 9159 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 9160 } 9161 } 9162 9163 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 9164 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 9165 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 9166 << 2 9167 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 9168 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 9169 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 9170 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 9171 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9172 New->setModulePrivate(); 9173 } 9174 9175 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 9176 // check the specialization. 9177 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 9178 Invalid = true; 9179 9180 if (Invalid) 9181 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9182 9183 if (Attr) 9184 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 9185 9186 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 9187 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 9188 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 9189 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 9190 9191 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 9192 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 9193 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 9194 9195 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 9196 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 9197 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 9198 // the tag name visible. 9199 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 9200 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() || 9201 getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt); 9202 9203 // Set the access specifier. 9204 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 9205 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 9206 9207 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 9208 New->startDefinition(); 9209 9210 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 9211 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 9212 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 9213 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 9214 if (PrevDecl) 9215 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 9216 9217 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 9218 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 9219 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 9220 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 9221 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 9222 } else if (Name) { 9223 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 9224 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 9225 if (IsForwardReference) 9226 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 9227 9228 } else { 9229 CurContext->addDecl(New); 9230 } 9231 9232 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 9233 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 9234 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 9235 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 9236 II->isStr("FILE")) 9237 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 9238 9239 // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this 9240 // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 9241 if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9242 InFunctionDeclarator && Name) 9243 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 9244 9245 if (PrevDecl) 9246 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 9247 9248 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 9249 // record. 9250 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 9251 9252 OwnedDecl = true; 9253 return New; 9254} 9255 9256void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 9257 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9258 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 9259 9260 // Enter the tag context. 9261 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 9262 9263 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 9264 9265 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 9266 // record. 9267 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 9268} 9269 9270Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 9271 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 9272 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 9273 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 9274 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 9275 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 9276 CurContext = OCD; 9277 return IDecl; 9278} 9279 9280void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 9281 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 9282 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 9283 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9284 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 9285 9286 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 9287 9288 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 9289 return; 9290 9291 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 9292 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); 9293 9294 // C++ [class]p2: 9295 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 9296 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 9297 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 9298 // as if it were a public member name. 9299 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 9300 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 9301 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 9302 Record->getIdentifier(), 9303 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 9304 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 9305 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 9306 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 9307 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 9308 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 9309 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 9310 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 9311 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 9312 "Broken injected-class-name"); 9313} 9314 9315void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 9316 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 9317 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9318 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 9319 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 9320 9321 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 9322 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 9323 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 9324 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 9325 RD->completeDefinition(); 9326 } 9327 9328 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 9329 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 9330 9331 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 9332 PopDeclContext(); 9333 9334 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 9335 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 9336} 9337 9338void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 9339 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 9340 PopDeclContext(); 9341} 9342 9343void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 9344 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 9345 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 9346 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 9347} 9348 9349void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 9350 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 9351 OriginalLexicalContext = 0; 9352} 9353 9354void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 9355 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 9356 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 9357 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 9358 9359 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 9360 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 9361 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 9362 RD->completeDefinition(); 9363 } 9364 9365 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 9366 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 9367 // the FieldCollector. 9368 9369 PopDeclContext(); 9370} 9371 9372// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 9373ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 9374 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 9375 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 9376 bool *ZeroWidth) { 9377 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 9378 if (ZeroWidth) 9379 *ZeroWidth = true; 9380 9381 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 9382 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 9383 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 9384 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 9385 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 9386 return ExprError(); 9387 if (FieldName) 9388 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 9389 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 9390 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 9391 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 9392 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 9393 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 9394 return ExprError(); 9395 9396 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 9397 // it now. 9398 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 9399 return Owned(BitWidth); 9400 9401 llvm::APSInt Value; 9402 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 9403 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 9404 return ICE; 9405 BitWidth = ICE.take(); 9406 9407 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 9408 *ZeroWidth = false; 9409 9410 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 9411 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 9412 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 9413 9414 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 9415 if (FieldName) 9416 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 9417 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 9418 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 9419 << Value.toString(10); 9420 } 9421 9422 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 9423 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 9424 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 9425 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9426 if (FieldName) 9427 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9428 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 9429 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9430 9431 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9432 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9433 } 9434 9435 if (FieldName) 9436 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9437 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 9438 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9439 else 9440 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 9441 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 9442 } 9443 } 9444 9445 return Owned(BitWidth); 9446} 9447 9448/// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 9449/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 9450Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 9451 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 9452 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 9453 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 9454 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 9455 return Res; 9456} 9457 9458/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 9459/// 9460FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 9461 SourceLocation DeclStart, 9462 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 9463 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 9464 AccessSpecifier AS) { 9465 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 9466 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 9467 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 9468 9469 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9470 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 9471 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9472 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 9473 9474 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 9475 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 9476 D.setInvalidType(); 9477 T = Context.IntTy; 9478 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 9479 } 9480 } 9481 9482 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 9483 9484 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 9485 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 9486 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 9487 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 9488 << 2; 9489 9490 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 9491 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 9492 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 9493 LookupName(Previous, S); 9494 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 9495 case LookupResult::Found: 9496 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 9497 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 9498 break; 9499 9500 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 9501 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 9502 break; 9503 9504 case LookupResult::NotFound: 9505 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 9506 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 9507 break; 9508 } 9509 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 9510 9511 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 9512 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9513 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 9514 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9515 PrevDecl = 0; 9516 } 9517 9518 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 9519 PrevDecl = 0; 9520 9521 bool Mutable 9522 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 9523 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 9524 FieldDecl *NewFD 9525 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 9526 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 9527 9528 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9529 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 9530 9531 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 9532 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 9533 9534 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 9535 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 9536 // with the same name in the same scope. 9537 } else if (II) { 9538 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 9539 } else 9540 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 9541 9542 return NewFD; 9543} 9544 9545/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 9546/// 9547/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 9548/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 9549/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 9550/// created. 9551/// 9552/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 9553/// 9554/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 9555FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 9556 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 9557 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 9558 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 9559 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 9560 SourceLocation TSSL, 9561 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 9562 Declarator *D) { 9563 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 9564 bool InvalidDecl = false; 9565 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 9566 9567 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 9568 // marking this declaration as invalid. 9569 if (T.isNull()) { 9570 InvalidDecl = true; 9571 T = Context.IntTy; 9572 } 9573 9574 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 9575 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 9576 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 9577 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 9578 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 9579 InvalidDecl = true; 9580 } else { 9581 NamedDecl *Def; 9582 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 9583 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 9584 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 9585 InvalidDecl = true; 9586 } 9587 } 9588 } 9589 9590 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 9591 // than a variably modified type. 9592 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 9593 bool SizeIsNegative; 9594 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 9595 9596 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 9597 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 9598 SizeIsNegative, 9599 Oversized); 9600 if (FixedTInfo) { 9601 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 9602 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 9603 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 9604 } else { 9605 if (SizeIsNegative) 9606 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 9607 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 9608 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 9609 << Oversized.toString(10); 9610 else 9611 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 9612 InvalidDecl = true; 9613 } 9614 } 9615 9616 // Fields can not have abstract class types 9617 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 9618 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9619 AbstractFieldType)) 9620 InvalidDecl = true; 9621 9622 bool ZeroWidth = false; 9623 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 9624 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 9625 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth).take(); 9626 if (!BitWidth) { 9627 InvalidDecl = true; 9628 BitWidth = 0; 9629 ZeroWidth = false; 9630 } 9631 } 9632 9633 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 9634 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 9635 unsigned DiagID = 0; 9636 if (T->isReferenceType()) 9637 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 9638 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 9639 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 9640 9641 if (DiagID) { 9642 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 9643 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 9644 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 9645 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 9646 Mutable = false; 9647 InvalidDecl = true; 9648 } 9649 } 9650 9651 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 9652 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 9653 if (InvalidDecl) 9654 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9655 9656 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 9657 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 9658 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9659 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9660 } 9661 9662 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9663 if (Record->isUnion()) { 9664 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9665 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 9666 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 9667 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 9668 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 9669 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 9670 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 9671 // objects. 9672 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 9673 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9674 } 9675 } 9676 9677 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 9678 // the program is ill-formed. 9679 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 9680 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 9681 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 9682 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9683 } 9684 } 9685 } 9686 9687 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 9688 // representation, not a parser representation. 9689 if (D) 9690 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 9691 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 9692 9693 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 9694 // retainable type. 9695 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 9696 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9697 9698 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 9699 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 9700 9701 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 9702 return NewFD; 9703} 9704 9705bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 9706 assert(FD); 9707 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 9708 9709 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 9710 return true; 9711 9712 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 9713 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9714 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 9715 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 9716 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 9717 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 9718 // copy constructors. 9719 9720 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 9721 if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 9722 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 9723 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 9724 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 9725 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 9726 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 9727 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) 9728 member = CXXDestructor; 9729 9730 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 9731 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && 9732 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 9733 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 9734 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 9735 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 9736 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 9737 // members unavailable. 9738 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 9739 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 9740 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 9741 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context, 9742 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 9743 return false; 9744 } 9745 } 9746 9747 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x ? 9748 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 9749 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 9750 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 9751 DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member); 9752 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x; 9753 } 9754 } 9755 } 9756 9757 return false; 9758} 9759 9760/// If the given constructor is user-declared, produce a diagnostic explaining 9761/// that it makes the class non-trivial. 9762static bool diagnoseNonTrivialUserDeclaredCtor(Sema &S, QualType QT, 9763 CXXConstructorDecl *CD, 9764 Sema::CXXSpecialMember CSM) { 9765 if (CD->isImplicit()) 9766 return false; 9767 9768 SourceLocation CtorLoc = CD->getLocation(); 9769 S.Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << CSM; 9770 return true; 9771} 9772 9773/// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial 9774/// special member, figure out why. 9775void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) { 9776 QualType QT(T, 0U); 9777 CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl()); 9778 9779 // Check whether the member was user-declared. 9780 switch (member) { 9781 case CXXInvalid: 9782 break; 9783 9784 case CXXDefaultConstructor: 9785 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) { 9786 typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter; 9787 for (ctor_iter CI = RD->ctor_begin(), CE = RD->ctor_end(); CI != CE; ++CI) 9788 if (diagnoseNonTrivialUserDeclaredCtor(*this, QT, *CI, member)) 9789 return; 9790 9791 // No user-delcared constructors; look for constructor templates. 9792 typedef CXXRecordDecl::specific_decl_iterator<FunctionTemplateDecl> 9793 tmpl_iter; 9794 for (tmpl_iter TI(RD->decls_begin()), TE(RD->decls_end()); 9795 TI != TE; ++TI) { 9796 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = 9797 dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(TI->getTemplatedDecl()); 9798 if (CD && diagnoseNonTrivialUserDeclaredCtor(*this, QT, CD, member)) 9799 return; 9800 } 9801 } 9802 break; 9803 9804 case CXXCopyConstructor: 9805 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) { 9806 SourceLocation CtorLoc = 9807 RD->getCopyConstructor(0)->getLocation(); 9808 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 9809 return; 9810 } 9811 break; 9812 9813 case CXXMoveConstructor: 9814 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveConstructor()) { 9815 SourceLocation CtorLoc = RD->getMoveConstructor()->getLocation(); 9816 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 9817 return; 9818 } 9819 break; 9820 9821 case CXXCopyAssignment: 9822 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) { 9823 SourceLocation AssignLoc = 9824 RD->getCopyAssignmentOperator(0)->getLocation(); 9825 Diag(AssignLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 9826 return; 9827 } 9828 break; 9829 9830 case CXXMoveAssignment: 9831 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredMoveAssignment()) { 9832 SourceLocation AssignLoc = RD->getMoveAssignmentOperator()->getLocation(); 9833 Diag(AssignLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 9834 return; 9835 } 9836 break; 9837 9838 case CXXDestructor: 9839 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 9840 SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation(); 9841 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 9842 return; 9843 } 9844 break; 9845 } 9846 9847 typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter; 9848 9849 // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction, 9850 // but not trivial destruction. 9851 if (member != CXXDestructor) { 9852 // Check for virtual bases. vbases includes indirect virtual bases, 9853 // so we just iterate through the direct bases. 9854 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) 9855 if (bi->isVirtual()) { 9856 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getLocStart(); 9857 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1; 9858 return; 9859 } 9860 9861 // Check for virtual methods. 9862 typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter; 9863 for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me; 9864 ++mi) { 9865 if (mi->isVirtual()) { 9866 SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getLocStart(); 9867 Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0; 9868 return; 9869 } 9870 } 9871 } 9872 9873 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const; 9874 switch (member) { 9875 case CXXDefaultConstructor: 9876 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDefaultConstructor; break; 9877 case CXXCopyConstructor: 9878 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break; 9879 case CXXCopyAssignment: 9880 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break; 9881 case CXXDestructor: 9882 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break; 9883 default: 9884 llvm_unreachable("unexpected special member"); 9885 } 9886 9887 // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse). 9888 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) { 9889 const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 9890 assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases"); 9891 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()); 9892 if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) { 9893 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getLocStart(); 9894 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member; 9895 DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member); 9896 return; 9897 } 9898 } 9899 9900 // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse). 9901 typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter; 9902 for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe; 9903 ++fi) { 9904 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(fi->getType()); 9905 if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9906 CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl()); 9907 9908 if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) { 9909 SourceLocation FLoc = fi->getLocation(); 9910 Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member; 9911 DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member); 9912 return; 9913 } 9914 } 9915 9916 if (EltTy->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 9917 switch (EltTy.getObjCLifetime()) { 9918 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 9919 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 9920 break; 9921 9922 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 9923 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 9924 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 9925 Diag(fi->getLocation(), diag::note_nontrivial_objc_ownership) 9926 << QT << EltTy.getObjCLifetime(); 9927 return; 9928 } 9929 } 9930 } 9931 9932 llvm_unreachable("found no explanation for non-trivial member"); 9933} 9934 9935/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 9936/// AST enum value. 9937static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 9938TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 9939 switch (ivarVisibility) { 9940 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 9941 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 9942 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 9943 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 9944 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 9945 } 9946} 9947 9948/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 9949/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 9950Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 9951 SourceLocation DeclStart, 9952 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 9953 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 9954 9955 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 9956 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 9957 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 9958 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 9959 9960 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 9961 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 9962 9963 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9964 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 9965 9966 if (BitWidth) { 9967 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 9968 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth).take(); 9969 if (!BitWidth) 9970 D.setInvalidType(); 9971 } else { 9972 // Not a bitfield. 9973 9974 // validate II. 9975 9976 } 9977 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 9978 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 9979 D.setInvalidType(); 9980 } 9981 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 9982 // than a variably modified type. 9983 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 9984 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 9985 D.setInvalidType(); 9986 } 9987 9988 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 9989 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 9990 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 9991 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 9992 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 9993 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 9994 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9995 return 0; 9996 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 9997 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 9998 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 9999 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 10000 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 10001 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 10002 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 10003 } 10004 else 10005 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 10006 } else { 10007 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 10008 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10009 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 10010 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 10011 return 0; 10012 } 10013 } 10014 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 10015 } 10016 10017 // Construct the decl. 10018 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 10019 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 10020 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 10021 10022 if (II) { 10023 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 10024 ForRedeclaration); 10025 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 10026 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 10027 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 10028 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10029 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10030 } 10031 } 10032 10033 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 10034 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 10035 10036 if (D.isInvalidType()) 10037 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10038 10039 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 10040 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 10041 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 10042 10043 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10044 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 10045 10046 if (II) { 10047 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 10048 // these to the interface. 10049 S->AddDecl(NewID); 10050 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 10051 } 10052 10053 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 10054 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 10055 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 10056 10057 return NewID; 10058} 10059 10060/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 10061/// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 10062/// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 10063/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 10064void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 10065 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 10066 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 10067 return; 10068 10069 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 10070 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 10071 10072 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 10073 return; 10074 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 10075 if (!ID) { 10076 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 10077 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 10078 return; 10079 } 10080 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 10081 else 10082 return; 10083 } 10084 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 10085 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 10086 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 10087 10088 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 10089 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 10090 Context.CharTy, 10091 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 10092 DeclLoc), 10093 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 10094 true); 10095 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 10096} 10097 10098void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 10099 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 10100 llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 10101 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 10102 AttributeList *Attr) { 10103 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 10104 10105 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 10106 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 10107 // it will now change. 10108 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10109 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 10110 switch (DC->getKind()) { 10111 default: break; 10112 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 10113 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 10114 break; 10115 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 10116 Context. 10117 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 10118 break; 10119 } 10120 } 10121 10122 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 10123 10124 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 10125 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 10126 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 10127 if (Record) { 10128 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(), 10129 e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) { 10130 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i)) 10131 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 10132 ++NumNamedMembers; 10133 } 10134 } 10135 10136 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 10137 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 10138 10139 bool ARCErrReported = false; 10140 for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 10141 i != end; ++i) { 10142 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 10143 10144 // Get the type for the field. 10145 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 10146 10147 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 10148 // Remember all fields written by the user. 10149 RecFields.push_back(FD); 10150 } 10151 10152 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 10153 // diagnostics about it. 10154 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10155 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10156 continue; 10157 } 10158 10159 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 10160 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 10161 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 10162 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 10163 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 10164 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 10165 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 10166 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 10167 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 10168 // array. 10169 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 10170 // Field declared as a function. 10171 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 10172 << FD->getDeclName(); 10173 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10174 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10175 continue; 10176 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 10177 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 10178 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 10179 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 10180 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 10181 // Flexible array member. 10182 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 10183 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 10184 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 10185 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 10186 if (Record->isUnion()) 10187 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 10188 << FD->getDeclName(); 10189 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 10190 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 10191 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 10192 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10193 if (Record->isUnion()) 10194 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 10195 << FD->getDeclName(); 10196 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 10197 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 10198 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 10199 } else if (!getLangOpts().C99) { 10200 if (Record->isUnion()) 10201 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 10202 << FD->getDeclName(); 10203 else 10204 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 10205 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 10206 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 10207 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 10208 << FD->getDeclName(); 10209 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10210 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10211 continue; 10212 } 10213 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 10214 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) { 10215 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 10216 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 10217 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10218 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10219 continue; 10220 } 10221 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 10222 if (Record) 10223 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 10224 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 10225 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 10226 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 10227 // Incomplete type 10228 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10229 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 10230 continue; 10231 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 10232 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 10233 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 10234 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 10235 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 10236 } else { 10237 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 10238 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 10239 // structures. 10240 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 10241 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 10242 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 10243 else { 10244 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 10245 // other structs as an extension. 10246 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 10247 << FD->getDeclName(); 10248 if (Record) 10249 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 10250 } 10251 } 10252 } 10253 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 10254 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 10255 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10256 AbstractIvarType)) { 10257 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 10258 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10259 } 10260 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 10261 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10262 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 10263 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 10264 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 10265 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 10266 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 10267 FD->setType(T); 10268 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10269 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported) { 10270 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 10271 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 10272 // so we just make the field unavailable. 10273 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 10274 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 10275 QualType T = FD->getType(); 10276 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 10277 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 10278 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 10279 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 10280 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 10281 FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context, 10282 "this system field has retaining ownership")); 10283 } 10284 } else { 10285 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_struct) 10286 << T->isBlockPointerType(); 10287 } 10288 ARCErrReported = true; 10289 } 10290 } 10291 else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 10292 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 10293 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 10294 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 10295 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 10296 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10297 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 10298 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 10299 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 10300 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 10301 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10302 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 10303 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 10304 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 10305 } 10306 } 10307 } 10308 // Keep track of the number of named members. 10309 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 10310 ++NumNamedMembers; 10311 } 10312 10313 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 10314 if (Record) { 10315 bool Completed = false; 10316 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 10317 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 10318 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 10319 UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions(); 10320 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end(); 10321 I != E; ++I) 10322 Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess()); 10323 10324 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 10325 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 10326 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && 10327 CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) 10328 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 10329 10330 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 10331 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 10332 10333 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 10334 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 10335 // problem now. 10336 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 10337 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 10338 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 10339 10340 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 10341 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 10342 M != MEnd; ++M) { 10343 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 10344 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 10345 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 10346 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 10347 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 10348 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 10349 continue; 10350 10351 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 10352 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 10353 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 10354 // program is ill-formed. 10355 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 10356 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 10357 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 10358 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 10359 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 10360 OM = SO->second.begin(), 10361 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 10362 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 10363 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 10364 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 10365 10366 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 10367 } 10368 } 10369 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 10370 Completed = true; 10371 } 10372 } 10373 } 10374 } 10375 10376 if (!Completed) 10377 Record->completeDefinition(); 10378 10379 } else { 10380 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 10381 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 10382 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10383 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 10384 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 10385 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10386 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 10387 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 10388 } 10389 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 10390 // duplicates. 10391 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 10392 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 10393 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 10394 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10395 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 10396 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 10397 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 10398 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 10399 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 10400 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 10401 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 10402 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 10403 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 10404 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 10405 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 10406 // reported as errors elsewhere. 10407 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 10408 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 10409 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 10410 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 10411 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 10412 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10413 if (IDecl) { 10414 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 10415 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 10416 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 10417 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 10418 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10419 continue; 10420 } 10421 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *ClsExtDecl = 10422 IDecl->getFirstClassExtension(); 10423 ClsExtDecl; ClsExtDecl = ClsExtDecl->getNextClassExtension()) { 10424 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar = 10425 ClsExtDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 10426 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 10427 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 10428 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10429 continue; 10430 } 10431 } 10432 } 10433 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 10434 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 10435 } 10436 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 10437 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 10438 } 10439 } 10440 10441 if (Attr) 10442 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 10443} 10444 10445/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 10446/// the given type T. 10447static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 10448 llvm::APSInt &Value, 10449 QualType T) { 10450 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 10451 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 10452 10453 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 10454 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 10455 --BitWidth; 10456 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 10457 } 10458 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 10459} 10460 10461// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 10462// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 10463static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 10464 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 10465 // enum checking below. 10466 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 10467 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 10468 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 10469 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 10470 }; 10471 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 10472 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 10473 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 10474 }; 10475 10476 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 10477 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 10478 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 10479 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 10480 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 10481 return Types[I]; 10482 10483 return QualType(); 10484} 10485 10486EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 10487 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 10488 SourceLocation IdLoc, 10489 IdentifierInfo *Id, 10490 Expr *Val) { 10491 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 10492 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 10493 QualType EltTy; 10494 10495 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 10496 Val = 0; 10497 10498 if (Val) 10499 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take(); 10500 10501 if (Val) { 10502 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 10503 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 10504 else { 10505 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 10506 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus0x && Enum->isFixed() && 10507 !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 10508 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 10509 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 10510 // constant expression of the underlying type. 10511 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10512 ExprResult Converted = 10513 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 10514 CCEK_Enumerator); 10515 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 10516 Val = 0; 10517 else 10518 Val = Converted.take(); 10519 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 10520 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 10521 &EnumVal).take())) { 10522 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 10523 } else { 10524 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 10525 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10526 10527 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 10528 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 10529 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 10530 // expression checking. 10531 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 10532 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) { 10533 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 10534 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 10535 } else 10536 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 10537 } else 10538 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 10539 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10540 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 10541 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 10542 // is the type of its initializing value: 10543 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 10544 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 10545 EltTy = Val->getType(); 10546 } else { 10547 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 10548 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 10549 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 10550 // representable as an int. 10551 10552 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 10553 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 10554 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 10555 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 10556 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 10557 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 10558 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 10559 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 10560 } 10561 EltTy = Val->getType(); 10562 } 10563 } 10564 } 10565 } 10566 10567 if (!Val) { 10568 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 10569 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 10570 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 10571 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 10572 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 10573 // is the type of its initializing value: 10574 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 10575 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 10576 // 10577 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 10578 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 10579 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 10580 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10581 } 10582 else { 10583 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 10584 } 10585 } else { 10586 // Assign the last value + 1. 10587 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 10588 ++EnumVal; 10589 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 10590 10591 // Check for overflow on increment. 10592 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 10593 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 10594 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 10595 // is the type of its initializing value: 10596 // 10597 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 10598 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 10599 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 10600 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 10601 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 10602 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 10603 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 10604 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 10605 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 10606 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 10607 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 10608 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 10609 ++EnumVal; 10610 if (Enum->isFixed()) 10611 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 10612 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 10613 << EnumVal.toString(10) 10614 << EltTy; 10615 else 10616 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 10617 << EnumVal.toString(10); 10618 } else { 10619 EltTy = T; 10620 } 10621 10622 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 10623 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 10624 // value, then increment. 10625 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 10626 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 10627 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 10628 ++EnumVal; 10629 10630 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 10631 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 10632 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 10633 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 10634 // integral type. 10635 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 10636 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 10637 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10638 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 10639 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 10640 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 10641 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 10642 } 10643 } 10644 } 10645 10646 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 10647 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 10648 // enumerator's type. 10649 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 10650 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 10651 } 10652 10653 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 10654 Val, EnumVal); 10655} 10656 10657 10658Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 10659 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 10660 AttributeList *Attr, 10661 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 10662 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 10663 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 10664 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 10665 10666 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 10667 // we find one that is. 10668 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 10669 10670 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 10671 // scope. 10672 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 10673 ForRedeclaration); 10674 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10675 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10676 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 10677 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10678 PrevDecl = 0; 10679 } 10680 10681 if (PrevDecl) { 10682 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 10683 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 10684 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 10685 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 10686 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 10687 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 10688 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 10689 else 10690 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 10691 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10692 return 0; 10693 } 10694 } 10695 10696 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 10697 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 10698 // different from T: 10699 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 10700 // enumerated type 10701 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 10702 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 10703 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 10704 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && 10705 Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 10706 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 10707 10708 EnumConstantDecl *New = 10709 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 10710 10711 if (New) { 10712 // Process attributes. 10713 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 10714 10715 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 10716 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 10717 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 10718 } 10719 10720 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 10721 10722 return New; 10723} 10724 10725void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 10726 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 10727 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 10728 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 10729 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 10730 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 10731 10732 if (Attr) 10733 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 10734 10735 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 10736 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 10737 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 10738 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10739 if (!ECD) continue; 10740 10741 ECD->setType(EnumType); 10742 } 10743 10744 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 10745 return; 10746 } 10747 10748 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 10749 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 10750 // emit a warning. 10751 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 10752 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 10753 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 10754 10755 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 10756 // reverse the list. 10757 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 10758 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 10759 10760 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 10761 bool AllElementsInt = true; 10762 10763 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 10764 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 10765 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10766 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 10767 10768 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 10769 10770 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 10771 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 10772 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 10773 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 10774 else 10775 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 10776 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 10777 10778 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 10779 if (AllElementsInt) 10780 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 10781 } 10782 10783 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 10784 QualType BestType; 10785 unsigned BestWidth; 10786 10787 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 10788 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 10789 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 10790 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 10791 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 10792 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 10793 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 10794 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 10795 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 10796 QualType BestPromotionType; 10797 10798 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 10799 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 10800 // enum definitions. 10801 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 10802 Packed = true; 10803 10804 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 10805 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 10806 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 10807 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 10808 else 10809 BestPromotionType = BestType; 10810 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 10811 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 10812 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 10813 BestWidth = CharWidth; 10814 } 10815 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 10816 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 10817 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 10818 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 10819 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 10820 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 10821 BestWidth = CharWidth; 10822 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 10823 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 10824 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 10825 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 10826 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 10827 BestType = Context.IntTy; 10828 BestWidth = IntWidth; 10829 } else { 10830 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 10831 10832 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 10833 BestType = Context.LongTy; 10834 } else { 10835 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 10836 10837 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 10838 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 10839 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 10840 } 10841 } 10842 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 10843 } else { 10844 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 10845 // all of the enumerator values. 10846 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 10847 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 10848 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 10849 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 10850 BestWidth = CharWidth; 10851 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 10852 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 10853 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 10854 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 10855 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 10856 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 10857 BestWidth = IntWidth; 10858 BestPromotionType 10859 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10860 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 10861 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 10862 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 10863 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 10864 BestPromotionType 10865 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10866 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 10867 } else { 10868 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 10869 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 10870 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 10871 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 10872 BestPromotionType 10873 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10874 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 10875 } 10876 } 10877 10878 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 10879 // the type of the enum if needed. 10880 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 10881 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 10882 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 10883 10884 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 10885 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 10886 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 10887 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 10888 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 10889 10890 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 10891 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 10892 10893 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 10894 // the enum decl type. 10895 QualType NewTy; 10896 unsigned NewWidth; 10897 bool NewSign; 10898 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10899 !Enum->isFixed() && 10900 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 10901 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 10902 NewWidth = IntWidth; 10903 NewSign = true; 10904 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 10905 // Already the right type! 10906 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10907 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 10908 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 10909 // enumeration. 10910 ECD->setType(EnumType); 10911 continue; 10912 } else { 10913 NewTy = BestType; 10914 NewWidth = BestWidth; 10915 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 10916 } 10917 10918 // Adjust the APSInt value. 10919 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 10920 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 10921 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 10922 10923 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 10924 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 10925 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 10926 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 10927 CK_IntegralCast, 10928 ECD->getInitExpr(), 10929 /*base paths*/ 0, 10930 VK_RValue)); 10931 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 10932 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 10933 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 10934 // enumeration. 10935 ECD->setType(EnumType); 10936 else 10937 ECD->setType(NewTy); 10938 } 10939 10940 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 10941 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 10942 10943 // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about - 10944 // it needs to go into the function scope. 10945 if (InFunctionDeclarator) 10946 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum); 10947} 10948 10949Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 10950 SourceLocation StartLoc, 10951 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 10952 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 10953 10954 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 10955 AsmString, StartLoc, 10956 EndLoc); 10957 CurContext->addDecl(New); 10958 return New; 10959} 10960 10961DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 10962 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 10963 ModuleIdPath Path) { 10964 Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, 10965 Module::AllVisible, 10966 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 10967 if (!Mod) 10968 return true; 10969 10970 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 10971 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 10972 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 10973 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 10974 // We need the length to be consistent. 10975 if (!ModCheck) 10976 break; 10977 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 10978 10979 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 10980 } 10981 10982 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 10983 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 10984 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 10985 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 10986 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 10987 return Import; 10988} 10989 10990void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 10991 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 10992 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 10993 SourceLocation NameLoc, 10994 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 10995 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 10996 LookupOrdinaryName); 10997 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 10998 ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName()); 10999 11000 if (PrevDecl) 11001 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 11002 else 11003 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11004 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 11005} 11006 11007void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 11008 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 11009 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 11010 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 11011 11012 if (PrevDecl) { 11013 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 11014 } else { 11015 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11016 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 11017 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 11018 } 11019} 11020 11021void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 11022 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 11023 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 11024 SourceLocation NameLoc, 11025 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 11026 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 11027 LookupOrdinaryName); 11028 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 11029 11030 if (PrevDecl) { 11031 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 11032 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 11033 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 11034 } else { 11035 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 11036 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 11037 } 11038} 11039 11040Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 11041 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 11042} 11043 11044AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 11045 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 11046 return D->getAvailability(); 11047} 11048